Annual Statements Open main menu

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. - Annual Report: 2010 (Form 10-K)

e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
Commission File Number 001-31648
EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
DELAWARE   74-2806888
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
3500 COLLEGE BOULEVARD    
LEAWOOD, KANSAS   66211
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
(913) 327-4200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.02 par value   Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ‘‘accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $615.6 million. The aggregate market value was determined based on the closing price of the Common Stock on June 30, 2010.
At February 21, 2011, the registrant had 51,083,678 shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”) outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2010, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 

 


 

Table of Contents
             
PART I  
 
    3  
   
 
       
     ITEM 1.       3  
     ITEM 1A.       16  
     ITEM 1B.       29  
     ITEM 2.       29  
     ITEM 3.       29  
     ITEM 4.       29  
   
 
       
PART II  
 
    30  
   
 
       
     ITEM 5.       30  
     ITEM 6.       32  
     ITEM 7.       33  
     ITEM 7A.       60  
     ITEM 8.       62  
     ITEM 9.       95  
     ITEM 9A.       95  
     ITEM 9B.       95  
   
 
       
     PART III  
 
    96  
   
 
       
     ITEM 10.       96  
     ITEM 11.       96  
     ITEM 12.       96  
     ITEM 13.       96  
     ITEM 14.       96  
   
 
       
PART IV  
 
    96  
   
 
       
     ITEM 15.       96  
 EX-10.21
 EX-10.22
 EX-10.23
 EX-10.24
 EX-10.25
 EX-10.26
 EX-10.27
 EX-12.1
 EX-21.1
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

2


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
General Overview
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (“Euronet,” the “Company,” “we” or “us”) is a leading global electronic payments provider. We offer payment and transaction processing and distribution solutions to financial institutions, retailers, service providers and individual consumers. Our primary product offerings include comprehensive automated teller machine (“ATM”), point-of-sale (“POS”) and card outsourcing services; electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products, and global consumer money transfer services.
Core Business Segments
We operate in the following three principal business segments as of December 31, 2010:
  The EFT Processing Segment, which processes transactions for a network of 10,786 ATMs and approximately 55,000 POS terminals across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. We provide comprehensive electronic payment solutions consisting of ATM network participation; outsourced ATM and POS management solutions; credit and debit card outsourcing; card issuing and merchant acquiring services. Through this segment, we also offer a suite of integrated electronic financial transaction (“EFT”) software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems. In 2010, the EFT Processing Segment accounted for approximately 19% of Euronet’s consolidated revenues.
 
  The epay Segment, which provides electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payment products and collection services for various payment products, cards and services. We operate a network that includes approximately 563,000 POS terminals that enable electronic processing of prepaid mobile airtime “top-up” services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, North America and South America. Through this segment, we believe we are the world’s leading international network for distribution of prepaid mobile airtime. In 2010, the epay Segment accounted for approximately 58% of Euronet’s consolidated revenues.
 
  The Money Transfer Segment, which provides global consumer-to-consumer money transfer services. We offer this service through a network of sending agents and Company-owned stores (primarily in North America and Europe), disbursing money transfers through a worldwide correspondent network that includes approximately 110,000 locations. In addition to money transfers, we also offer customers bill payment services, payment alternatives such as money orders and prepaid debit cards, comprehensive check cashing services for a wide variety of issued checks, and competitive foreign currency exchange services. Bill payment services are offered primarily in the U.S. We are one of the largest global money transfer companies in terms of revenues and volumes. In 2010, the Money Transfer Segment accounted for approximately 23% of Euronet’s consolidated revenues.
Euronet conducts business globally, serving customers in approximately 150 countries. We have eleven transaction processing centers, including six in Europe, two in Asia Pacific, two in the United States and one in the Middle East. We also maintain forty-three business offices that are located in thirty-one countries. The corporate offices are located in Leawood, Kansas, USA.
Historical Perspective
The first company in the Euronet group was established in 1994 as Euronet Bank Access Kft., a Hungarian limited liability company. We began operations in 1995, setting up a processing center in Budapest, Hungary and installing our first ATMs in Hungary, followed by Poland and Germany. The Euronet group was reorganized on March 6, 1997 in connection with its initial public offering, and at that time the operating entities of the Euronet group became wholly owned subsidiaries of Euronet Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation. We changed our name from Euronet Services, Inc. to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. in August 2001.
Initially, most of Euronet’s resources were devoted to establishing and expanding the ATM network and ATM management services business in Europe. Through 1998, we were doing business in Hungary, Poland, the Czech Republic, Croatia and Germany. Expansion continued, and by 2010, Euronet’s network of ATMs had expanded to include Greece, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Serbia, Ukraine, the Middle East, India and China.
In December 1998, we acquired Arkansas Systems, Inc. (now known as “Euronet USA”), a U.S.-based company that produces electronic payment and transaction delivery systems software for retail banks internationally, which resulted in significant ongoing savings in third-party licensing, services and maintenance costs. In 2005, we expanded the product offerings of the EFT Segment through the acquisition of Instreamline S.A., a Greek company that provides credit card and POS outsourcing services in addition to debit card and transaction gateway switching services in Greece and the Balkan region. In 2007, we combined our EFT and Software

3


Table of Contents

segments as both businesses are strategically aligned since our software segment primarily supports our EFT service offerings and processing centers.
In 2003, Euronet added a complementary business through the acquisition of epay Limited (“epay”), which had offices in the U.K. and Australia. Through subsequent acquisitions between 2003 and 2010, the epay Segment continued to expand in Europe (Germany, Romania, Spain and the U.K.), the U.S., the Middle East, Asia and Brazil, and established new offices in New Zealand, Poland, India, and Italy. We believe the epay Segment is the world’s leading international network for distribution and processing of prepaid mobile airtime (top-up) as well as other electronic payment products and services.
In 2007, we established the Money Transfer Segment after completing the acquisition of Los Angeles-based RIA, one of the largest global money transfer companies in terms of revenues and volumes. Established in 1987, RIA originates and terminates transactions through a network of sending agents and Company-owned stores located throughout Europe and North America. As of December 31, 2010, the RIA network included approximately 110,000 locations with money transfers delivered to 134 countries. Since 2008, the Money Transfer Segment has focused on increasing its non-U.S. market share, particularly in Europe where we see the greatest market potential for expansion. The segment expanded its product portfolio to offer complementary non-money transfer products such as bill payment and check cashing, and prepaid services in conjunction with the epay Segment.
2010 Developments
At the end of April 2010, we were informed that Visa Europe notified its member banks that it would be reducing the Polish domestic ATM interchange fee by more than half, effective May 1, 2010. The interchange fee is paid by issuers of Visa branded cards to the owners or operators of ATMs for transactions such as cash withdrawals on ATMs. See Item 7. — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for further discussion of the impact of this change on 2010 and 2011 operating results.
On September 1, 2010, we completed the acquisition of a Brazilian prepaid distribution company now known as epay Brazil. This strategic acquisition provides us opportunities to distribute our epay Segment’s portfolio of global prepaid products in Brazil and South America. With a population of 190 million and over 140 million prepaid subscribers, it provides a large and stable platform for expansion throughout South America. epay Brazil has relationships with all mobile phone operators in Brazil, who are aggressively pushing the rollout of electronic top-up networks into new regions. See Note 5, Acquisitions, to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these developments.
BUSINESS SEGMENT OVERVIEW
For a discussion of operating results by segment, please see Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 16, Business Segment Information, to the consolidated financial statements.
EFT PROCESSING SEGMENT
Overview
Our EFT Processing Segment provides outsourcing and network services to financial institutions, primarily in the developing markets of Central, Eastern and Southern Europe (Hungary, Poland, the Czech Republic, Croatia, Romania, Slovakia, Serbia, Greece, Bulgaria and Ukraine), the Middle East and Asia Pacific (India and China), as well as in certain developed countries of Western Europe. We provide these services either through our Euronet-owned ATMs or through contracts under which we operate ATMs on behalf of financial institutions. Although all of these markets present opportunities for expanding the sales of our services, we believe opportunities for growth in the ATM services business are greater in our developing markets.
The major source of revenue generated by our ATM network is recurring monthly management fees and transaction-based fees. We receive fixed monthly fees under many of our outsourced management contracts. The EFT Processing Segment also has revenues from POS operations and merchant management, card network management (for credit, debit, prepaid and loyalty cards), prepaid mobile airtime recharge on ATMs and ATM advertising. The number of ATMs we operate increased to 10,786 at December 31, 2010 from 9,720 at December 31, 2009. The increase was largely due to growth in ATMs driven under new contracts, expansion of ATMs under existing contracts and the deployment of ATMs in markets where we operate Euronet-branded ATMs. Consistent with our expansion strategy, we saw the most significant growth in the Asia Pacific region in 2010.

4


Table of Contents

We monitor the number of transactions made by cardholders on our ATM network. These include cash withdrawals, balance inquiries, deposits, prepaid mobile airtime recharge purchases and certain denied (unauthorized) transactions. We do not bill certain transactions on our network to financial institutions, and we have excluded these transactions for reporting purposes. The number of transactions processed over our entire ATM network has increased over the last five years at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 15% as indicated in the following table:
                                         
(in millions)   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010
EFT processing transactions per year
    456       582       672       703       794  
Our processing centers for the EFT Processing Segment are located in Budapest, Hungary; Athens, Greece; Mumbai, India; Belgrade, Serbia; Beijing, China; and Karachi, Pakistan. They are staffed 24 hours a day, seven days a week and consist of production IBM iSeries computers, which run the Euronet Integrated Transaction Management (“ITM”) software package.
EFT Processing Products and Services
Outsourced Management Solutions
Euronet offers outsourced management services to financial institutions, retailers, mobile phone operators and other organizations using our processing centers’ electronic financial transaction processing software. Our outsourced management services include management of existing ATM networks, development of new ATM networks, management of POS networks, management of automated deposit terminals, management of credit and debit card databases and other financial processing services. These services include 24-hour monitoring of each ATM’s status and cash condition, coordinating the cash delivery and management of cash levels in each ATM and providing automatic dispatches for necessary service calls. We also provide real-time transaction authorization, advanced monitoring, network gateway access, network switching, 24-hour customer service, maintenance, cash settlement and reconciliation, forecasting and reporting. Since our infrastructure can support a significant increase in transactions, any new outsourced management services agreements should provide additional revenue with lower incremental cost.
Our outsourced management services agreements generally provide for fixed monthly management fees and, in most cases, fees payable for each transaction. The transaction fees under these agreements are generally lower than those under card acceptance agreements.
Euronet-Branded ATM Transaction Processing
Our Euronet-branded ATM networks are primarily managed by a processing center that uses our internally developed ITM core software solution. The ATMs in our network are able to process transactions for holders of credit and debit cards issued by or bearing the logos of financial institutions and international card organizations such as American Express®, Visa®, MasterCard®, Diners Club International®, Discover® and China Union Pay as well as international ATM networks such as PULSE®. This ability is accomplished through our agreements and relationships with these institutions, international credit and debit card issuers and international card associations.
When a bank cardholder conducts a transaction on a Euronet-owned ATM, we receive a fee from the cardholder’s bank for that transaction. The bank pays us this fee either directly or indirectly through a central switching and settlement network. When paid indirectly, this fee is referred to as the “interchange fee.” All of the banks in a shared ATM and POS switching system establish the amount of the interchange fee by agreement. We receive transaction-processing fees for successful transactions and, in certain circumstances, for transactions that are not completed because they fail to receive authorization. The fees paid to us by the card issuers are independent of any fees charged by the card issuers to cardholders in connection with the ATM transactions.
We generally receive fees from our customers for four types of ATM transactions:
    Cash withdrawals,
 
    Balance inquiries,
 
    Transactions not completed because the relevant card issuer does not give authorization, and
 
    Prepaid telecommunication recharges.
Card Acceptance or Sponsorship Agreements
Our agreements with financial institutions and international card organizations generally provide that all credit and debit cards issued by the customer financial institution or organization may be used at all ATMs that we operate in a given market. In most markets, we have agreements with a financial institution under which we are designated as a service provider (which we refer to as “sponsorship agreements”) for the acceptance of cards bearing international logos, such as Visa and MasterCard. These card acceptance or sponsorship agreements allow us to receive transaction authorization directly from the card issuing institution or international card

5


Table of Contents

organization. Our agreements generally provide for a term of three to seven years and are automatically renewed unless either party provides notice of non-renewal prior to the termination date. In some cases, the agreements are terminable by either party upon six months notice. We are generally able to connect a financial institution to our network within 30 to 90 days of signing a card acceptance agreement. Generally, the financial institution provides the cash needed to complete transactions on the ATM. Euronet is generally liable for the cash in the ATM networks.
Under our card acceptance agreements, the ATM transaction fees we charge vary depending on the type of transaction and the number of transactions attributable to a particular card issuer. Our agreements generally provide for payment in local currency. Transaction fees are sometimes denominated in euros or U.S. dollars or are adjusted for inflation. Transaction fees are billed to financial institutions and card organizations with payment terms typically no longer than one month.
Other Products and Services
Our network of owned or operated ATMs allows for the sale of financial and other products or services at a low incremental cost. We have developed value-added services in addition to basic cash withdrawal and balance inquiry transactions. These value added services include Prepaid Mobile Top-up, Dynamic Currency Conversion (“DCC”) Payout, Fraud Management, Bill Payment, Customer Relationship Management (“CRM”), ATM Money Transfer Payout, and ATM Advertising. We are committed to the ongoing development of innovative new products and services to offer our EFT processing customers.
Software Solutions
We also offer a suite of integrated software solutions for electronic payments and transaction delivery systems. We generate revenue for our software products from licensing, professional services and maintenance fees for software and sales of related hardware, primarily to financial institutions around the world. We have been able to enter into agreements under which we contribute the right to use our ITM software in lieu of cash as our initial capital contributions to new transaction processing joint ventures. Such contributions permit us to enter new markets without significant cash outlays.
Euronet offers multinational merchants a Single European Payments Area (“SEPA”) compliant cross-border transaction processing solution. SEPA is an area in which all electronic payments can be made and received in the euro, whether between or within national boundaries, under the same basic conditions, rights and obligations, regardless of their location. This single, centralized acquiring platform enables merchants to benefit from cost savings and faster, more efficient payments transfer. Although many European countries are not members of the eurozone, the platform can serve the merchants in these countries as well, through its multi-currency functionality.
Additionally, our software products are an integral part of the EFT Processing Segment product lines, and our investment in research, development, delivery and customer support reflects our ongoing commitment to an expanded customer base both internally and externally. Our ITM software is used by processing centers in our EFT Processing Segment, resulting in cost savings and added value compared to third-party license and maintenance options.
EFT Processing Segment Strategy
The EFT Processing Segment maintains a strategy to expand the network of ATMs and POS terminals into developed and developing markets that have the greatest potential for growth. We believe the greatest opportunities lie in developing markets. In addition, we follow a supporting strategy to increase the penetration of value-added (or complementary) services across our existing customer base.
Growth opportunities are driven through financial institutions that are receptive to outsourcing the operation of their ATM, POS and card networks. The operation of these devices requires expensive hardware and software and specialized personnel. These resources are available to us, and we offer them to financial institutions under outsourcing contracts. The expansion and enhancement of our outsourced management solutions in new and existing markets will remain an important business opportunity for Euronet. Increasing the number of non-owned ATMs that we operate under management services agreements and continued development of our credit and debit card outsourcing business should provide continued growth while minimizing our capital investment.
We continually strive to make our own ATM networks more efficient by eliminating underperforming ATMs and installing ATMs in more desirable locations. We will make selective additions to our own ATM network if we see market demand and profit opportunities. In recent years, the need for “all-in” services has increased. Banks, particularly smaller banks, are increasingly looking for integrated ATM, POS and card issuing processing and management services. Euronet is well positioned for this opportunity as it can offer a full end-to-end solution to the potential partners.
The EFT Processing Segment’s line of services is strengthened through complementary services offered by our epay Segment, where we provide prepaid mobile airtime top-up services through POS terminals. We will continue to expand our technology and business

6


Table of Contents

methods into other markets where we operate and further leverage our relationships with mobile phone operators and financial institutions to facilitate that expansion.
Seasonality
Our business is significantly impacted by seasonality during the fourth quarter and first quarter of each year due to higher transaction levels during the holiday season and lower levels after the holiday season. We have estimated that, absent significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or unusual circumstances, such as the impact of new acquisitions or unusually high levels of growth due to market factors, the overall revenue realized in the EFT Processing Segment is likely to be approximately 5% to 10% lower during the first quarter of each year than in the fourth quarter of the year. We have historically experienced minimal differences between the second and third quarters of each year.
Significant Customers and Government Contracts
No individual customer of the EFT Processing Segment makes up greater than 10% of consolidated total revenues. In India, we have contracts with certain government-owned banks to provide certain ATM services, including mobile airtime recharge services. Additionally, certain government-owned banks are members of our shared ATM network in India.
Competition
Our principal EFT Processing competitors include ATM networks owned by financial institutions and national switches consisting of consortiums of local banks that provide outsourcing and transaction services to financial institutions and independent ATM deployers in a particular country. Additionally, large, well-financed companies that operate ATMs offer ATM network and outsourcing services, and those that provide card outsourcing, POS processing and merchant acquiring services also compete with us in various markets. Small local operators have also recently begun offering their services, particularly in the independent ATM deployment market. None of these competitors has a dominant market share in any of our markets. Competitive factors in our EFT Processing Segment include breadth of service offering, network availability and response time, price to both the financial institution and to its customers, ATM location and access to other networks.
EPAY SEGMENT
Overview
We currently offer prepaid mobile airtime top-up services and other prepaid and payment products on a network of approximately 563,000 POS terminals across approximately 276,000 retailer locations in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, North America and South America. We are the world’s leading international network for distribution of prepaid mobile airtime (top-up). Our processing centers for the epay Segment are located in Basildon, U.K.; Martinsried, Germany; Milan, Italy; and Kansas City, Missouri, USA.
Since 2003, we have continually expanded our prepaid business in new and existing markets by drawing upon our depth of experience to build and nurture relationships with mobile phone operators and retailers. In addition to prepaid mobile airtime, we offer a wide range of products across our retail networks, including prepaid debit cards, gift cards, prepaid vouchers, transport payments, lottery payments, prepaid digital content such as music, games and software, prepaid long distance and bill payment.
Sources of Revenue
The epay Segment generates commissions or processing fees received from telecommunications service providers for the sale and distribution of prepaid mobile airtime, which is a significant source of revenue for this segment. We also generate revenue as commissions earned from the distribution of electronic payment products referenced in the preceding paragraph.
Customers using mobile phones generally pay for their usage in two ways:
    Through “postpaid” accounts, where usage is billed at the end of each billing period; and
 
    Through “prepaid” accounts, where customers pay in advance by crediting their accounts prior to usage.
Although mobile phone operators in the U.S. and certain European countries have provided service principally through postpaid accounts, the norm in many other countries in Europe and the rest of the world is to offer wireless service on a prepaid basis. This shift is driven by customers’ perceptions that prepaid products better meet their needs and enable them to better control their monthly wireless expenditures.
Currently, two principal methods are available to credit prepaid accounts (referred to as “top-up” of accounts). The first is through the purchase of “scratch cards” bearing a PIN (personal identification number) that, when entered into a customer’s mobile phone account, credits the account by the value of airtime purchased. Scratch cards are sold predominantly through retail outlets.

7


Table of Contents

The second method used to credit prepaid accounts is through various electronic means of crediting the account using POS terminals. Electronic top-up (“e-top-up”) methods have several advantages over scratch cards, primarily because electronic methods do not require the cost of creation, distribution and management of a physical inventory of cards or involve the risk of losses stemming from fraud, theft and mismanagement. To distribute PINs, we establish an electronic connection with the POS terminals and maintain systems that monitor transaction levels at each terminal. As sales to customers of prepaid mobile airtime are completed, the customer pays the retailer and the retailer becomes obligated to make settlement to us of the principal amount of the mobile airtime sold. We maintain systems that enable us to monitor the payment practices of each retailer. Prior to 2004, scratch cards were the predominant method of crediting mobile phone accounts in most developed markets. However, since 2004, a shift has occurred in these markets away from usage of scratch cards and e-top-up is now the predominant method.
We expand our distribution networks through the signing of new contracts with retailers, and in some markets, through the acquisition of existing networks. We are continuing to focus on our growing network of distributors, generally referred to as Independent Sales Organizations (“ISOs”), that contract with retailers in their network to distribute prepaid mobile airtime or other content from their POS terminals. We continue to increase our focus on direct relationships with chains of independent supermarkets, convenience stores, petrol chains, and other larger scale retailers, where we can negotiate agreements with the merchant on a multiyear basis.
epay Products and Services
Prepaid Mobile Airtime Transaction Processing
We process prepaid mobile airtime top-up transactions on our POS network across Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, North America and South America for two types of clients: distributors and retailers. Both types of client transactions start with a consumer in a retail store. The retailer uses a specially programmed POS terminal in the store or the retailer’s electronic cash register (ECR) system that is connected to our network to buy prepaid mobile airtime. The customer will select a predefined amount of mobile airtime from the carrier of choice, and the retailer enters the selection into the POS terminal. The consumer will pay that amount to the retailer (in cash or other payment methods accepted by the retailer). The POS device then transmits the selected transaction to our processing center. Using the electronic connection we maintain with the mobile phone operator or drawing from our inventory of PINs, the purchased amount of mobile airtime will be either credited to the consumer’s account or delivered via a PIN printed by the terminal and given to the consumer. In the case of PINs printed by the terminal, the consumer must then call the mobile phone operator’s toll-free number to activate the purchased airtime to the consumer’s mobile account.
One difference in our relationships with various retailers and distributors is how we charge for our services. For distributors and certain very large retailers, we charge a processing fee. However, the majority of our transactions occur with smaller retailer clients. With these clients, we receive a commission on each transaction that is withheld from the payments made to the mobile phone operator, and we share that commission with the retailers.
Retailer and Distributor Contracts
We provide our prepaid services through POS terminals installed in retail outlets or, in the case of major retailers, through direct connections between their electronic cash register (ECR) systems and our processing centers. In markets where we operate proprietary technology (the U.K., Australia, Poland, Ireland, New Zealand, Spain, Greece, India, Italy, Brazil and the U.S.), we generally own and maintain the POS terminals. In Germany, Austria and Romania, the terminals are sold to the retailers or to distributors who service the retailer. Our agreements with major retailers for the POS services typically have one to three-year terms. These agreements include terms regarding the connection of our networks to the respective retailer’s registers or payment terminals or the maintenance of POS terminals, and obligations concerning settlement and liability for transactions processed. Generally, our agreements with individual or small retailers have shorter terms and provide that either party can terminate the agreement upon three to six months’ notice.
In Germany, distributors are key intermediaries in the sale of e-top-up. As a result, our business in Germany is substantially concentrated in, and dependent upon, relationships with our major distributors. The termination of any of our agreements with major distributors could materially and adversely affect our prepaid business in Germany. However, we have been establishing agreements with independent German retailers in order to diversify our exposure to such distributors.

8


Table of Contents

Other Products and Services
Our POS network can be used for the distribution of other products and services. Although prepaid mobile airtime is the primary product distributed through our epay Segment, additional products include long distance calling card plans, prepaid Internet plans, debit cards, gift cards, prepaid vouchers, transport payments, lottery payments, bill payment and digital content such as music, games and software. In certain locations, the terminals used for prepaid services can also be used for electronic funds transfer to process credit and debit card payments for retail merchandise. For 2010, gross profit from products other than prepaid mobile airtime comprised approximately 15% of the epay Segment’s gross profit.
We monitor the number of transactions made on our prepaid networks. The number of transactions processed on our entire POS network has increased over the last five years at a CAGR of approximately 18% as indicated in the following table:
                                         
(in millions)   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010
Prepaid processing transactions per year
    458       635       713       777       891  
epay Segment Strategy
The global strategy for the epay Segment is to grow market share by defending mature markets, focusing expansion activity in growth markets and adding positive operating income in all other developing markets.
In addition to maintaining and growing market share in prepaid mobile airtime top-up, our growth strategy is achieved through the introduction of new products and content. New product initiatives focus on products outside of prepaid mobile airtime top-up and processing, including gift card malls, prepaid debit cards, transport and digital content, including software and games. Strategic execution behind new products includes the development of relationships with global consumer product brands. This strategy leverages the global scale of the epay business allowing global brands to be sold in many or all of the countries in which we have a presence. Examples of global brands include Apple and Microsoft.
Financial institutions, telecommunications companies and retail companies have a substantial opportunity to increase revenue by diversifying the products and services currently offered to their merchant base. epay is deploying additional content through its POS network to retailers, distributors and financial institutions all over the world. The reach, capabilities and quality of the epay network are appealing as a global distribution channel. We are one of the largest worldwide multi-country operators, and have a distinct competitive advantage from the existing relationships that we maintain with mobile phone operators and retailers.
Seasonality
The epay business is significantly impacted by seasonality during the fourth quarter and first quarter of each year due to the higher transaction levels during the holiday season and lower levels following the holiday season. We expect that, absent significant fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or unusual circumstances, such as the impact of new acquisitions or unusually high levels of growth due to market factors, the overall revenue realized is likely to be approximately 5% lower during the first quarter than in the fourth quarter of the year. We have historically experienced minimal differences between the second and third quarters of each year.
Significant Customers and Government Contracts
No individual customer of our epay Segment makes up greater than 10% of consolidated total revenues. In 2010, epay implemented a contract for the technology and distribution infrastructure for two state-owned lotteries in Germany. In addition, epay implemented a contract with the state of Florida’s (USA) Turnpike partners to add more than 2,000 new SunPass® cash-reloading locations. This contract complements our existing contracts with the Transport for London in the U.K. and Queensland Motorways in Australia. There are no other government contracts in the epay Segment.
Competition
We face competition in the prepaid business in all of our markets. We compete with a few multinational companies that operate in several of our markets. In other markets, our competition is from smaller, local companies. The mobile phone operators in all of our markets have retail distribution networks of their own through which they offer top-up services for their own products. None of these companies is dominant in any of the markets where we do business.
We believe, however, that we currently have a competitive advantage due to various factors. First, in Germany and Australia, our acquired subsidiaries have been concentrating on the sale of electronic prepaid mobile airtime for a longer period than most of our competitors and have significant market presence in those markets. In addition, we offer complementary ATM and prepaid mobile airtime recharge solutions through our EFT processing centers. We believe this improves our ability to solicit the use of networks of devices owned by third parties (for example, banks and switching networks) to deliver recharge services.
In selected developing markets, we expect to establish a first-to-market advantage by rolling out terminals rapidly before competition is established. We also have an extremely flexible technical platform that enables us to tailor POS solutions to individual merchant and mobile phone operator requirements where appropriate. The GPRS (wireless) technology, designed by our epay Germany subsidiary, will also give us an advantage in remote areas where landline phone lines are of lesser quality or are nonexistent.

9


Table of Contents

The principal competitive factors in this area include price (that is, the level of commission paid to retailers for each recharge transaction), breadth of mobile phone operator product and up-time offered on the system. Major retailers with high volumes are in a position to demand a larger share of the commission, which increases the amount of competition among service providers. We are seeing signs that some mobile phone operators may wish to take over and expand their own distribution networks of prepaid time, and in doing so, they may become our competitors. Additionally, prepaid mobile airtime top-up is now being performed online or via mobile devices which provides other alternatives for consumers to use.
MONEY TRANSFER SEGMENT
Overview
We provide consumer-to-consumer money transfer services through a global network of more than 110,000 locations. Transfers are originated through sending agents in approximately 20 countries, with money transfer delivery completed in 134 countries. The initiation of money transfers occur through retail agents or Company-owned stores, while the delivery of money transfers can occur with bank correspondents, retailer agents or from certain ATMs. Transferred funds are delivered in local foreign exchange currency.
Our sending agent network includes a variety of agents, including large/medium size regional retailers, convenience stores, bodegas, multi-service shops and phone centers, which are predominantly found in areas with a large immigrant population. Each money transfer transaction is processed using the Company’s proprietary software system and checked for security, completeness and compliance with federal regulations at every step of the process. Senders can track the progress of their transfers through RIA’s customer service representatives, and funds are delivered quickly to their beneficiaries via our extensive payout network, which includes large banks and non-bank financial institutions, post offices and large retailers. Our processing center for the Money Transfer Segment is located in Buena Park, California, USA, and we operate call centers in Buena Park, California; El Salvador and Spain and provide multi-lingual customer service for both our agents and consumers.
Money Transfer Products and Services
In addition to money transfers, we also offer customers bill payment services, payment alternatives such as money orders and prepaid debit cards, comprehensive check cashing services for a wide variety of issued checks, along with competitive foreign currency exchange services. These services are all offered through our Company-owned stores while select services are offered through our agents in certain markets.
RIA money orders are widely recognized and exchanged throughout the United States, South America, and around the world. Our check cashing services cover payroll and personal checks, cashier checks, tax refund checks, government checks, insurance drafts and money orders. Our bill payment services offer timely posting of customer bills for over 100 companies, including electric and gas utilities and telephone/wireless companies. Bill payment services are offered primarily in the U.S.
Money Transfer products and services are sold primarily through three channels at agent locations and Company-owned stores: by phone (“TeleRIA”), via computer (“RIA Online”) and card-based over a POS terminal (“Rialink”).
Through our TeleRIA service, customers connect to our call center from a telephone available at an agent location or RIA store and a representative collects the information over the telephone and enters it directly into our secure proprietary system. As soon as the data capture is complete, our central system automatically faxes a confirmation receipt to the agent location for the customer to review and sign and the customer pays the agent the money to be transferred, together with a fee. The agent then faxes the signed receipt back to RIA to complete the transaction.
In an online transaction, customers provide the required information to the agent who enters the data into our online platform via a computer using a unique username and password. The real-time online connection we maintain with the agent enables the agent to generate a receipt and complete the transaction.
Transactions through Rialink are similar to online transactions, but are initiated over a POS terminal once the customer has completed a one-time enrollment over the phone with our customer service representative. Rialink has shown good results in high volume stores and agent locations due to the speed, efficiency and ease of use of the POS transfer method.
Sources of Revenue
Revenue in the Money Transfer Segment is primarily derived through the charging of a transaction fee, as well as a margin earned from purchasing foreign currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the foreign currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. Sending agents and receiving agents (bank correspondents or retailers) each earn fees for cash collection and distribution services. Euronet recognizes these fees as direct operating costs at the time of sale.

10


Table of Contents

We are one of the largest global money transfer companies in terms of revenues and volumes. Our Money Transfer Segment processed approximately $6.0 billion in money transfers in 2010.
Money Transfer Segment Strategy
The Money Transfer Segment’s strategy is to increase the volume of money transfers processed by leveraging our existing banking and merchant/retailer relationships to expand our agent and payer networks in existing corridors. In addition, we pursue expansion into high-potential money transfer corridors from the U.S. and internationally beyond the traditional U.S. to Mexico corridor. Further, we expect to continue to take advantage of cross-selling opportunities with our epay and EFT Processing Segments by providing prepaid services through RIA’s stores and agents and offering our money transfer services at select prepaid retail locations in key markets. We will continue to make investments in our systems to support this growth.
Seasonality
Our money transfer business is significantly impacted by seasonality that varies by region. In most of our markets we experience increased money transfer transaction levels during the month of May and in the fourth quarter of each year, coinciding with various holidays. Additionally, in the U.S. to Mexico corridor, we usually experience our heaviest volume during the May through October timeframe, coinciding with the increase in worker migration patterns, and our lowest volumes during the first quarter. During the first quarter of each year we have historically experienced a 5% to 10% decrease in overall transactions when compared to the fourth quarter.
Significant Customers and Government Contracts
No individual customer of our Money Transfer Segment makes up greater than 10% of consolidated total revenues. The Money Transfer Segment maintains correspondent relationships with a number of financial institutions whose ownership includes governments of the correspondents’ countries of origin. Those countries include Brazil, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Egypt, Eritrea, Guatemala, Indonesia, Mexico, Romania, Uganda and Ukraine.
Competition
Our primary competitors in the money transfer and bill payment business include other independent processors and electronic money transmitters, as well as certain major national and regional banks, financial institutions and independent sales organizations. Our competitors include The Western Union Company, MoneyGram International Inc. and others, some of which are larger than we are and have greater resources and access to capital for expansion than we have. This may allow them to offer better pricing terms to customers, agents or correspondents, which may result in a loss of our current or potential customers or could force us to lower our prices. In addition to traditional money payment services, new technologies are emerging that may effectively compete with traditional money payment services, such as stored-value cards, debit networks and Web-based services. Our continued growth also depends upon our ability to compete effectively with these alternative technologies.
PRODUCT RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENHANCEMENT
In the EFT Processing Segment, development has historically focused on expanding the range of services offered to our bank customers from ATM and POS outsourcing to card processing and software services.
In our epay Segment, development has focused on expanding the types of electronic payment products and services available to consumers over our network to include, for example, prepaid vouchers, transport payments, lottery payments, gift and debit cards, and bill payment capabilities. This is intended to make our offerings more attractive to retailers.
We are committed to the maintenance and improvement of our software products. We regularly engage in software product development and enhancement activities aimed at the development and delivery of new products, services and processes to our customers. Our research and development costs for software products to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed totaled $3.6 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Development costs that were capitalized totaled $2.2 million, $1.3 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
For information on results from operations, property and equipment, and total assets by geographic location, please see Note 16, Business Segment Information, to the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, see Item 1A — Risk Factors, for risk factors related to foreign operations.

11


Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES
We had approximately 3,100, 2,700 and 2,500 employees as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. We believe our future success will depend in part on our ability to continue to recruit, retain and motivate qualified management, technical and administrative employees. Currently, no union represents any of our employees, except in our Spanish subsidiary. We experienced no work stoppages or strikes by our workforce in 2010 and we consider relations with our employees to be good.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
As discussed below, certain of our business activities are subject to regulation in some of our current markets. In the Money Transfer Segment, we are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations of the U.S., individual U.S. states, foreign markets and other governmental jurisdictions where we operate. These include international, federal and state anti-money laundering laws and regulations, money transfer and payment instrument licensing laws, escheat laws, laws covering consumer privacy, data protection and information security and consumer disclosure and consumer protection laws. Our operations have also been subject to increasingly strict requirements intended to help prevent and detect a variety of illegal financial activity, including money laundering, terrorist financing, unauthorized access to personal customer data and other illegal activities. The more significant of these laws and regulations are discussed below. Noncompliance with these laws and requirements could result in the loss or suspension of licenses or registrations required to provide money transfer services by either RIA or its agents. For more discussion, see Item 1A — Risk Factors.
Under German law, we currently may not operate our own ATM network in Germany without a sponsor, which is Bankhaus August Lenz (“BAL”). In that market, we act only as a subcontractor providing certain ATM-related services to BAL. As a result, our activities in the German market currently are entirely dependent upon the continuance of our agreement with BAL, or the ability to enter into a similar agreement with another institution in the event of the termination of such agreement. While we believe, based on our experience, that we should be able to find a replacement for BAL if the agreement with BAL were to be terminated for any reason, the inability to maintain the BAL agreement or to enter into a similar agreement with another institution upon a termination of the BAL agreement could have a material adverse effect on our operations in Germany. For further information, see Item 1A — Risk Factors. We have filed an application in Germany for a payment services license, which would enable us to operate our ATM network independently of a sponsor bank.
Any expansion of our activity into areas that are qualified as “financial activity” under local legislation may subject us to licensing and we may be required to comply with various conditions to obtain such licenses. Moreover, the interpretations of bank regulatory authorities as to the activity we currently conduct might change in the future. We monitor our business for compliance with applicable laws or regulations regarding financial activities.
Commencing in November 2009, a new regulatory initiative, the Payment Services Directive (“PSD”), has been applicable to certain of our businesses, including in particular, our money transfer services, merchant acquiring, certain card services and bill payment. The PSD initiative requires a license to be obtained to perform such services in a European country, following the expiration of a transition period in April 2011, and such license may be extended throughout the EU through “passporting.” Conditions of obtaining the license include minimum capital requirements, establishment of procedures for safeguarding of funds, and certain governance and reporting requirements. In addition, certain regulations relating to the conduct of business, in particular, consumer disclosure requirements and certain rules regarding the timing and settlement of payments, must be met. In November 2009, we obtained authorization as a payment institution in the U.K. and have begun complying with these requirements. We have passported our U.K. authorization to several countries where the PSD is applicable.
Money Transfer and Payment Instrument Licensing
Licensing requirements in the U.S. are generally driven by the various state banking departments regulating the businesses of money transfers and issuance of payment instruments. Typical requirements include the meeting of minimum net worth requirements, maintaining permissible investments (e.g., cash, agent receivables, and government-backed securities) at levels commensurate with outstanding payment obligations and the filing of a security instrument (typically in the form of a surety bond) to offset the risk of default of trustee obligations by the license holder. We are required by many regulators to file interim reports of licensed activity, most often on a quarterly basis, that address changes to agent and branch locations, operating and financial performance, permissible investments and outstanding transmission liabilities. These periodic reports are utilized by the regulator to monitor ongoing compliance with state licensing laws. A number of major state regulators also conduct periodic examinations of license holders and their authorized delegates, generally with a frequency of every one to two years. Examinations are most often comprehensive in nature, addressing both the safety and soundness and overall compliance by the license holder with regard to state and federal regulations. Such examinations are typically performed on-site at the license holder’s headquarters or operations center; however, a number of states will choose to perform examinations off-site.
Money transmitters, issuers of payment instruments and their agents are required to comply with U.S. federal, state and/or foreign anti-money laundering laws and regulations. In summary, our Money Transfer Segment, as well as our agent network, is subject to regulations issued by the different state and foreign national regulators who license us, Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”),

12


Table of Contents

the Bank Secrecy Act as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT (“BSA”), the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FINCEN”), as well as any existing or future regulations that impact any aspect of our money transfer business.
A similar set of regulations applies to our money transfer businesses in most of the foreign countries in which we originate transactions. These laws and regulations include monetary limits for money transfers into or out of a country, rules regarding the foreign currency exchange rates offered, as well as other limitations or rules for which we must maintain compliance.
Regulatory bodies in the U.S. and abroad may impose additional rules on the conduct of our Money Transfer Segment that could have a significant impact on our operations and our agent network.
Escheat Regulations
Our Money Transfer Segment is subject to the unclaimed or abandoned property (i.e. “escheat”) regulations of the U.S. and certain foreign countries in which we operate. These laws require us to turn over property held by the Company on behalf of others remaining unclaimed after specified periods of time (i.e., “dormancy” or “escheat” periods). Such abandoned property is generally attributable to the failure of beneficiary parties to claim money transfers or the failure to negotiate money orders, a form of payment instrument. We have policies and programs in place to help us monitor the required relevant information relating to each money transfer or payment instrument for possible eventual reporting to the jurisdiction from which the order was originally received. In the U.S., reporting of unclaimed property by money service companies is performed annually, generally with a due date of on or before November 1. State banking department regulators will typically include a review of Company escheat procedures and related filings as part of their examination protocol.
Privacy and Information Security Regulations
Our Money Transfer Segment operations involve the collection and storage of certain types of personal customer data that are subject to privacy and security laws in the U.S. and abroad. In the United States, we are subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), which requires that financial institutions have in place policies regarding the collection, processing, storage and disclosure of information considered nonpublic personal information. Laws in other countries include those adopted by the member states of the European Union under Directive 95/46 EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 (the “Directive”), as well as the laws of other countries. The Directive prohibits the transfer of personal data to non-European Union member nations that do not provide adequate protection for personal data. In some cases, the privacy laws of an EU member state may be more restrictive than the Directive and may impose additional requirements that we must comply with to operate in the respective country. Generally, these laws restrict the collection, processing, storage, use and disclosure of personal information and require that we safeguard personal customer data to prevent unauthorized access.
We comply with the GLBA and any state privacy provision by posting a privacy notice on the receipts provided to the consumers upon completion of a transaction. In addition, we comply with the Directive using the safe harbor permitted by the Directive by filing with the U.S. Department of Commerce, publicly declaring our privacy policy for information collected outside of the U.S., posting our privacy policy on our Web site and requiring our agents in the European Union to notify customers of the privacy policy.
Recently, as identity theft has been on the rise, there has been increased public attention to concerns about information security and consumer privacy, accompanied by laws and regulations addressing the issue. We believe we are compliant with these laws and regulations; however, this is an area that is rapidly evolving and there can be no assurance that we will continue to meet the existing and new regulations, which could have a material, adverse impact on our Money Transfer Segment business.
Money Transfer Compliance Policies and Programs
We have developed risk-based policies and programs to comply with the existing, new or changed laws, regulations and other requirements outlined above, including having dedicated compliance personnel, training programs, automated monitoring systems and support functions for our offices and agents. To assist in managing and monitoring our money laundering and terrorist financing risks, we continue to have our compliance program independently examined on an annual basis. In addition, we continue to enhance our anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing compliance policy, procedures, monitoring systems and staffing levels.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Each of our three operating segments utilizes intellectual property which is protected in varying degrees by a combination of trademark, patent and copyright laws, as well as trade secret protection, license and confidentiality agreements.
The brand names of “RIA,” “RIA Envia” and “AFEX,” derivations of those brand names and certain other brand names are material to our Money Transfer Segment and are registered trademarks and/or service marks in most of the markets in which our Money Transfer Segment operates. Consumer perception of these brand names is important to the growth prospects of our money transfer

13


Table of Contents

business. We also hold a U.S. patent on a card-based money transfer and bill payment system that allows transactions to be initiated primarily through POS terminals and integrated cash register systems.
With respect to our EFT Processing Segment, we have registered or applied for registration of our trademarks, including the names “Euronet” and “Bankomat” and/or the blue diamond logo, as well as other trade names in most markets in which these trademarks are used. Certain trademark authorities have notified us that they consider these trademarks to be generic and, therefore, not protected by trademark laws. This determination does not affect our ability to use the Euronet trademark in those markets, but it would prevent us from stopping other parties from using it in competition with Euronet. We have registered the “Euronet” trademark in the class of ATM machines in Germany, the U.K. and certain other Western European countries. We have filed pending patent applications for a number of our new software products and our new processing technology, including our recharge services.
With respect to our epay Segment, we rolled out our new branding for “epay” in 2009. As part of this global branding strategy, we filed trademark applications for the new “epay” brand in the U.S., U.K., the European Union (“E.U.”) through a Community Trademark application, Brazil, India, Australia and New Zealand. The new trademark has issued to registration in the U.S., U.K., the E.U., Australia and New Zealand. The trademark applications in the other jurisdictions are still pending. We also hold trademarks for our prepaid operating subsidiaries in other jurisdictions, including PaySpot, Inc. (“PaySpot”) in the U.S. We cannot be certain that we will be entitled to use the epay trademark in any markets other than those in which we have registered the trademark. In 2003, we filed a series of patent applications for our POS recharge and certain other products in support of epay and PaySpot technology. As of the date of this report, most of these patents are still pending. We also hold a patent license covering certain of PaySpot’s operations in the U.S.
Technology in the areas in which we operate is developing very rapidly, and we are aware that many other companies have filed patent applications for products, processes and services similar to those we provide. The procedures of the U.S. patent office make it impossible for us to predict whether our patent applications will be approved or will be granted priority dates that are earlier than other patents that have been filed for similar products or services. Moreover, many “process patents” have been filed in the U.S. over recent years covering processes that are in wide use in the money transfer, EFT and prepaid processing industries. If any of these patents are considered to cover technology that has been incorporated into our systems, we may be required to obtain additional licenses and pay royalties to the holders of such patents to continue to use the affected technology or be prohibited from continuing the offering of such services if licenses are not obtained. This could materially and adversely affect our business.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The name, age, period of service and position held by each of our Executive Officers as of February 24, 2011 are as follows:
                 
Name   Age   Served Since   Position Held
Michael J. Brown
    54     July 1994   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Kevin J. Caponecchi
    44     July 2007   President
Rick L. Weller
    53     November 2002   Executive Vice President — Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey B. Newman
    56     December 1996   Executive Vice President — General Counsel
Juan C. Bianchi
    40     April 2007   Executive Vice President — Managing Director, Money Transfer Segment
Nikos Fountas
    47     September 2009   Senior Vice President — Managing Director, Europe EFT Processing Segment
MICHAEL J. BROWN, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Brown is one of the founders of Euronet and has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 1996. He also co-founded our predecessor company in 1994. Mr. Brown has been a Director of Euronet since our incorporation in December 1996 and previously served on the boards of Euronet’s predecessor companies. In 1979, Mr. Brown founded Innovative Software, Inc., a computer software company that was merged in 1988 with Informix. Mr. Brown served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Informix from February 1988 to January 1989. He served as President of the Workstation Products Division of Informix from January 1989 until April 1990. In 1993, Mr. Brown was a founding investor of Visual Tools, Inc. Visual Tools, Inc. was acquired by Sybase Software in 1996. Mr. Brown received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Missouri — Columbia in 1979 and a M.S. in Molecular and Cellular Biology at the University of Missouri — Kansas City in 1997.
KEVIN J. CAPONECCHI, President. Mr. Caponecchi joined Euronet as President in July 2007. Prior to joining Euronet, Mr. Caponecchi served in various capacities with subsidiaries of General Electric Company for 17 years. From 2003 until June 2007, Mr. Caponecchi served as President of GE Global Signaling, a provider of products and services to freight, passenger and mass transit systems. From 1998 through 2002, Mr. Caponecchi served as General Manager — Technology for GE Consumer & Industrial, a provider of consumer appliances, lighting products and electrical products. Mr. Caponecchi holds degrees in physics from Franklin and Marshall College and industrial engineering from Columbia University.

14


Table of Contents

RICK L. WELLER, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Weller has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Euronet since he joined Euronet in November 2002. From January 2002 to October 2002, he was the sole proprietor of Pivotal Associates, a business development firm. From November 1999 to December 2001, Mr. Weller held the position of Chief Operating Officer of ionex telecommunications, inc., a local exchange company. He is a certified public accountant and received his B.S. in Accounting from the University of Central Missouri.
JEFFREY B. NEWMAN, Executive Vice President, General Counsel. Mr. Newman has been Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Euronet since January 2000. He joined Euronet in December 1996 as Vice President and General Counsel. Prior to this, he practiced law with the Washington D.C. based law firm of Arent Fox Kintner Plotkin & Kahn and the Paris based law firm of Salans Hertzfeld & Heilbronn. He is a member of the District of Columbia, California and Paris, France bars. He received a B.A. in Political Science and French from Ohio University in 1976 and law degrees from Ohio State University and the University of Paris.
JUAN C. BIANCHI, Executive Vice President, Managing Director — Money Transfer Segment. Mr. Bianchi joined Euronet subsequent to the acquisition of RIA. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Bianchi served as the Chief Executive Officer of RIA and has spent his entire career at either RIA or AFEX Money Express, a money transfer company purchased by RIA’s founders. Mr. Bianchi began his career at AFEX in Chile in 1992, joined AFEX USA’s operations in 1996, and became chief operating officer of AFEX-RIA in 2003. Mr. Bianchi studied business at the Universidad Andres Bello in Chile and completed the Executive Program in Management at UCLA’s John E. Anderson School of Business.
NIKOS FOUNTAS, Senior Vice President, Managing Director — Europe EFT Processing Segment. Mr. Fountas joined Euronet subsequent to the Company’s 2005 acquisition of Instreamline S.A. (now Euronet Card Services) in Greece. He served as managing director of the Company’s Greece EFT subsidiary, responsible for Euronet’s European card processing and cross-border acquiring operations until September 2009. In September 2009, Mr. Fountas took over his current responsibilities as managing director of Euronet’s Europe EFT Processing Segment. Prior to joining Euronet, Mr. Fountas spent over 20 years working in management and executive-level positions in the IT field for several companies, including IBM for 12 years. He has a degree in computer science (Honors) from York University in Canada and post graduate studies in business administration from Henley Management School and IBM Business Professional Institute.
Departure of Directors or Certain Officers
In May, 2010, Gareth Gumbley, formerly Senior Vice President — Managing Director, epay Segment, left the Company.
In January, 2011, Charles T. Piper, formerly Managing Director — epay Segment, left the Company.
AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS, CERTAIN COMMITTEE CHARTERS AND OTHER INFORMATION
Our Web site addresses are www.euronetworldwide.com and www.eeft.com. We make available all Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) public filings, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on our Web site free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after these documents are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on our Web site is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this report or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC. In addition, our SEC filings are made available via the SEC’s EDGAR filing system accessible at www.sec.gov.
The charters for our Audit, Compensation, and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committees, as well as the Code of Business Conduct & Ethics for our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, are available on our Web site at www.euronetworldwide.com in the “Investor Relations” section.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. The risks and uncertainties described below are not necessarily organized in order of priority or probability.
If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially.
This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our business may suffer from risks related to acquisitions and potential future acquisitions.
A substantial portion of our recent growth is due to acquisitions, and we continue to evaluate and engage in discussions concerning potential acquisition opportunities, some of which could be material. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate, or otherwise realize anticipated benefits from, our recent acquisitions or any future acquisitions. Failure to successfully integrate or otherwise realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions could adversely impact our long-term competitiveness and profitability. The integration of any future acquisitions will involve a number of risks that could harm our financial condition, results of operations and competitive position. In particular:
    The integration plans for our acquisitions are based on benefits that involve assumptions as to future events, including leveraging our existing relationships with mobile phone operators and retailers, as well as general business and industry conditions, many of which are beyond our control and may not materialize. Unforeseen factors may offset components of our integration plans in whole or in part. As a result, our actual results may vary considerably, or be considerably delayed, compared to our estimates;
 
    The integration process could disrupt the activities of the businesses that are being combined. The combination of companies requires, among other things, coordination of administrative and other functions. In addition, the loss of key employees, customers or vendors of acquired businesses could materially and adversely impact the integration of the acquired business;
 
    The execution of our integration plans may divert the attention of our management from other key responsibilities;
 
    We may assume unanticipated liabilities and contingencies; or
 
    Our acquisition targets could fail to perform in accordance with our expectations at the time of purchase.
Future acquisitions may be affected through the issuance of our Common Stock or securities convertible into our Common Stock, which could substantially dilute the ownership percentage of our current stockholders. In addition, shares issued in connection with future acquisitions could be publicly tradable, which could result in a material decrease in the market price of our Common Stock.
A lack of business opportunities or financial or other resources may impede our ability to continue to expand at desired levels, and our failure to expand operations could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
Our expansion plans and opportunities are focused on four separate areas: (i) our network of owned and operated ATMs; (ii) outsourced ATM management contracts; (iii) our prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payment services; and (iv) our money transfer and bill payment services. The continued expansion and development of our ATM business will depend on various factors including the following:
    the demand for our ATM services in our current target markets;
 
    the ability to locate appropriate ATM sites and obtain necessary approvals for the installation of ATMs;
 
    the ability to install ATMs in an efficient and timely manner;
 
    the expansion of our business into new countries as currently planned;
 
    entering into additional card acceptance and ATM outsourcing agreements with banks;
 
    the ability to renew existing agreements with customers;
 
    the ability to obtain sufficient numbers of ATMs on a timely basis; and
 
    the availability of financing for the expansion.
We cannot predict the increase or decrease in the number of ATMs we manage under outsourcing agreements because this depends largely on the willingness of banks to enter into or maintain outsourcing contracts with us. Banks are very deliberate in negotiating these agreements, and the process of negotiating and signing outsourcing agreements typically takes several months. Banks evaluate a

16


Table of Contents

wide range of matters when deciding to choose an outsource vendor and generally this decision is subject to extensive management analysis and approvals. The process is also affected by the legal and regulatory considerations of local countries, as well as local language complexities. These agreements tend to cover large numbers of ATMs, so significant increases and decreases in our pool of managed ATMs could result from entry into or termination of these management contracts. In this regard, the timing of both current and new contract revenues is uncertain and unpredictable. Increasing consolidation in the banking industry could make this process less predictable.
We currently offer prepaid mobile airtime top-up and other electronic payment services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, North America and South America. We plan to expand in these and other markets by taking advantage of our existing relationships with mobile phone operators, banks and retailers and by offering additional electronic payment products. This expansion will depend on various factors, including the following:
    the ability to negotiate new agreements, and renew existing agreements, in these markets with mobile phone operators, banks and retailers;
 
    the acceptance and popularity of additional electronic payment products such as prepaid gift and debit cards, prepaid vouchers, transport payments, lottery payments and bill payments;
 
    the continuation of the trend of increased use of electronic prepaid mobile airtime among mobile phone users;
 
    the continuation of the trend of increased use of electronic money transfer and bill payment among immigrant workers;
 
    the increase in the number of prepaid mobile phone users; and
 
    the availability of financing for the expansion.
In addition, our continued expansion may involve acquisitions that could divert our resources and management time and require integration of new assets with our existing networks and services and could require financing that we may not be able to obtain. Our ability to manage our rapid expansion effectively will require us eventually to expand our operating systems and employee base. An inability to do this could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
We are subject to business cycles, seasonality and other outside factors that may negatively affect our business.
The current recessionary economic environment or other outside factors could have a negative impact on mobile phone operators, retailers and our customers and could reduce the level of transactions, which could, in turn, negatively impact our financial results. If mobile phone operators and financial institutions experience decreased demand for their products and services, or if the locations where we provide services decrease in number, we will process fewer transactions, resulting in lower revenue. In addition, the recessionary economic environment could reduce the level of transactions taking place on our networks, which will have a negative impact on our business.
Our experience is that the level of transactions on our networks is also subject to substantial seasonal variation. Transaction levels have consistently been much higher in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year due to increased use of ATMs, prepaid mobile airtime top-ups and money transfer services during the holiday season. Generally, the level of transactions drops in the first quarter, during which transaction levels are generally the lowest we experience during the year, which reduces the level of revenues that we record. Additionally, in the Money Transfer Segment, we experience increased transaction levels during the May through October timeframe coinciding with the increase in worker migration patterns. As a result of these seasonal variations, our quarterly operating results may fluctuate materially and could lead to volatility in the price of our shares.
Additionally, economic or political instability, civil unrest, terrorism and natural disasters may make money transfers to, from or within a particular country more difficult. The inability to timely complete money transfers could adversely affect our business.
A prolonged economic slowdown or lengthy or severe recession in the U.S. or elsewhere could harm our operations.
Concerns over the slow economic recovery, level of U.S. national debt and structural deficits, European sovereign debt crisis, the U.S. mortgage market, inflation levels, energy costs and geopolitical issues have contributed to increased volatility and diminished expectations for the economy and the markets going forward. These factors, combined with volatile oil prices, reduced business and consumer confidence and continued high unemployment, have negatively impacted the world economy. A prolonged economic downturn or recession could materially impact our results from operations. A recessionary economic environment could have a negative impact on mobile phone operators, retailers and our other customers and could reduce the level of transactions processed on our networks, which would, in turn, negatively impact our financial results. If mobile phone operators and financial institutions experience decreased demand for their products and services, or if the locations where we provide services decrease in number, we will process fewer transactions, resulting in lower revenue.
Retaining the founder and key executives of our company, and of companies that we acquire, and finding and retaining qualified personnel is important to our continued success.

17


Table of Contents

The development and implementation of our strategy has depended in large part on the co-founder of our company, Michael J. Brown. The retention of Mr. Brown is important to our continued success. In addition, the success of the expansion of businesses that we acquire may depend in large part upon the retention of the founders of those businesses. Our success also depends in part on our ability to hire and retain highly skilled and qualified management, operating, marketing, financial and technical personnel. The competition for qualified personnel in the markets where we conduct our business is intense and, accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to hire or retain the required personnel.
Our officers and some of our key personnel have entered into service or employment agreements containing non-competition, non-disclosure and non-solicitation covenants, which grant incentive stock options and/or restricted stock with long-term vesting requirements. However, most of these contracts do not guarantee that these individuals will continue their employment with us. The loss of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
We have a substantial amount of debt and other contractual commitments, and the cost of servicing those obligations could adversely affect our business, and such risk could increase if we incur more debt. We may be required to prepay our obligations under the secured syndicated credit facility.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2010, total liabilities were $890.5 million, of which $286.1 million represents long-term debt obligations, and total assets were $1,409.4 million. Of our total long-term debt obligations, $161.0 million is comprised of contingently convertible debentures that, in certain situations, could be settled in stock. We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy all such obligations as a result of a variety of factors, some of which may be beyond our control. If the opportunity of a strategic acquisition arises or if we enter into new contracts that require the installation or servicing of infrastructure, such as processing centers, ATM machines or POS terminals on a faster pace than anticipated, we may be required to incur additional debt for these purposes and to fund our working capital needs, which we may not be able to obtain. The level of our indebtedness could have important consequences to investors, including the following:
    our ability to obtain any necessary financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes may be limited or financing may be unavailable;
 
    a substantial portion of our cash flows must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness and other obligations and will not be available for use in our business;
 
    our level of indebtedness could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets in which we operate;
 
    our high degree of indebtedness will make us more vulnerable to changes in general economic conditions and/or a downturn in our business, thereby making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations; and
 
    because a portion of our debt bears interest at a variable rate of interest, our actual debt service obligations could increase as a result of adverse changes in interest rates.
If we fail to make required debt payments, or if we fail to comply with other covenants in our debt service agreements, we would be in default under the terms of these agreements. This default would permit the holders of the indebtedness to accelerate repayment of this debt and could cause defaults under other indebtedness that we have.
Prepayment in full of the obligations under our Credit Facility may be required six months prior to any required repurchase date under our $175 million principal amount 3.50% Convertible Debentures Due 2025, unless we are able to demonstrate that either: (i) we could borrow unsubordinated funded debt equal to the principal amount of the applicable convertible debentures while remaining in compliance with the financial covenants in the Credit Facility, or (ii) we will have sufficient liquidity (as determined by the administrative agent and the lenders). Holders of the 3.50% debentures have the option to require us to purchase their debentures at par on October 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020, or upon a change in control of the Company.
Restrictive covenants in our credit facilities may adversely affect us. The Credit Facility contains four financial covenants that we must meet as defined in the agreement: (1) total debt to EBITDA ratio, (2) senior secured debt to EBITDA ratio, (3) EBITDA to fixed charge coverage ratio and (4) minimum Consolidated Net Worth. To remain in compliance with our debt covenants, we may be required to increase EBITDA, repay debt, or both. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets, liquidity or EBITDA to meet or avoid these obligations, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
Our ability to secure additional financing for growth or to refinance any of our existing debt is also dependent upon the availability of credit in the marketplace, which has experienced severe disruptions due to the recent economic crisis. If we are unable to secure additional financing or such financing is not available at acceptable terms, we may be unable to secure financing for growth or refinance our debt obligations, if necessary.

18


Table of Contents

In the event that we need debt financing in the future, recent uncertainty in the credit markets could affect our ability to obtain debt financing on reasonable terms.
In the event we were to require additional debt financing in the future, the ongoing uncertainty in the credit markets, including the European sovereign debt crisis, could materially impact our ability to obtain debt financing on reasonable terms. The inability to access debt financing on reasonable terms could materially impact our ability to make acquisitions, refinance existing debt or materially expand our business in the future.
Increases in interest rates will adversely impact our results from operations.
For the $127.0 million outstanding balance of the term loan, as well as borrowings incurred under our revolving credit facility and other variable rate borrowing arrangements, increases in variable interest rates will increase the amount of interest expense that we pay for our borrowings and have a negative impact on our results from operations.
We may be required to recognize additional impairment charges related to long-lived assets and goodwill recorded in connection with our acquisitions.
Our total assets include approximately $541.5 million, or 38% of total assets, in goodwill and acquired intangible assets recorded as a result of acquisitions. We assess our goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets as and when required by accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. to determine whether they are impaired. In 2010, we determined that certain goodwill assets of our epay businesses in the U.K., Spain and Romania were impaired and we recorded $70.9 million of non-cash impairment charges. In 2008, we determined that certain goodwill and intangible assets of our Spanish epay business and our RIA money transfer business were impaired and we recorded a total of $230.0 million of non-cash impairment charges, including the adjustment in first quarter 2009 when the measurement was completed. If operating results in any of our key markets, including the U.S., U.K., Germany, Spain or Australia, deteriorate or our plans do not progress as expected when we acquired these entities or if capital markets depress our value or that of similar companies, we may be required to record additional impairment write-downs of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Like other participants in the money transfer industry, as a result of downturns in certain labor markets, the current recessionary economic environment and immigration developments, our volume of money transfers from the U.S. to Mexico have declined as have related revenues. These issues have also resulted in certain competitors lowering transaction fees and foreign currency exchange spreads in certain markets where we do business in an attempt to limit the impact on money transfer volumes. For 2010, money transfer transactions to Mexico, which represented approximately 21% of total money transfer transactions, decreased by 8%. If this trend continues or worsens, or we experience similar trends in our international business, we may be required to record additional impairment write-downs of our goodwill, intangible assets or other long lived assets associated with the Money Transfer Segment.
The processes and systems we employ may be subject to patent protection by other parties.
In certain countries, including the U.S., patent protection legislation permits the protection of processes and systems. We employ processes and systems in various markets that have been used in the industry by other parties for many years, and which we or other companies that use the same or similar processes and systems consider to be in the public domain. However, we are aware that certain parties believe they hold patents that cover some of the processes and systems employed in the prepaid processing industry in the U.S. and elsewhere. We believe the processes and systems we use have been in the public domain prior to the patents we are aware of. The question of whether a process or system is in the public domain is a legal determination, and if this issue is litigated we cannot be certain of the outcome of any such litigation. If a person were to assert that it holds a patent covering any of the processes or systems we use, we would be required to defend ourselves against such claim. If unsuccessful, we may be required to pay damages for past infringement, which could be trebled if the infringement was found to be willful. We may also be required to seek a license to continue to use the processes or systems. Such a license may require either a single payment or an ongoing license fee. No assurance can be given that we will be able to obtain a license which is reasonable in fee and scope. If a patent owner is unwilling to grant such a license, or we decide not to obtain such a license, we may be required to modify our processes and systems to avoid future infringement. Any such occurrences could materially and adversely affect our prepaid processing business in any affected markets and could result in our reconsidering the rate of expansion of this business in those markets.
We conduct a significant portion of our business in Central and Eastern European countries, and we have subsidiaries in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America, where the risk of continued political, economic and regulatory change that could impact our operating results is greater than in the U.S. or Western Europe.
We have subsidiaries in Central and Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America. We expect to continue to expand our operations to other countries in these regions. We sell software in many other markets in the developing world. Some of these countries have undergone significant political, economic and social change in recent years and the risk of new, unforeseen changes in these countries remains greater than in the U.S. or Western Europe. In particular, changes in laws or regulations or in the

19


Table of Contents

interpretation of existing laws or regulations, whether caused by a change in government or otherwise, could materially adversely affect our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
For example, currently there are no limitations on the repatriation of profits from any of the countries in which we have subsidiaries (although U.S. tax laws discourage repatriation), but foreign currency exchange control restrictions, taxes or limitations may be imposed or increased in the future with regard to repatriation of earnings and investments from these countries. If exchange control restrictions, taxes or limitations are imposed, our ability to receive dividends or other payments from affected subsidiaries could be reduced, which may have a material adverse effect on us.
In addition, corporate, contract, property, insolvency, competition, securities and other laws and regulations in Central Europe have been, and continue to be, substantially revised. Therefore, the interpretation and procedural safeguards of the new legal and regulatory systems are in the process of being developed and defined, and existing laws and regulations may be applied inconsistently. Also, in some circumstances, it may not be possible to obtain the legal remedies provided for under these laws and regulations in a reasonably timely manner, if at all.
Transmittal of data by electronic means and telecommunications is subject to specific regulation in most Central European countries. Although these regulations have not had a material impact on our business to date, changes in these regulations, including taxation or limitations on transfers of data across national borders, could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
We conduct business in many international markets with complex and evolving tax rules, including value added tax rules, which subjects us to international tax compliance risks.
While we obtain advice from legal and tax advisors as necessary to help assure compliance with tax and regulatory matters, most tax jurisdictions that we operate in have complex and subjective rules regarding the valuation of intercompany services, cross-border payments between affiliated companies and the related effects on income tax, value-added tax (“VAT”), transfer tax and share registration tax. Our foreign subsidiaries frequently undergo VAT reviews, and from time to time undergo comprehensive tax reviews and may be required to make additional tax payments should the review result in different interpretations, allocations or valuations of our services.
As allowable under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), the interest deduction from our convertible debentures is based on a comparable interest rate for a traditional, nonconvertible, fixed rate debt instrument with similar terms. This allowable deduction is in excess of the stated interest rate. This deduction may be deferred, limited or eliminated under certain conditions.
The U.S Treasury regulations contain an anti-abuse regulation, set forth in Section 1.1275-2(g), that grants the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service authority to depart from the regulations if a result is achieved which is unreasonable in light of the original issue discount provisions of the Code, including Section 163(e). The anti-abuse regulation further provides that the Commissioner may, under this authority, treat a contingent payment feature of a debt instrument as if it were a separate position. If such an analysis were applied to our convertible debentures and ultimately sustained, our deductions attributable to the convertible debentures could be limited to the stated interest thereon. The scope of application of the anti-abuse regulations is unclear. However, we are of the view that application of the contingent payment debt instrument regulations to our convertible debentures is a reasonable result such that the anti-abuse regulation should not apply. If a contrary position was asserted and ultimately sustained, our tax deductions would be severely diminished with a resulting adverse effect on our cash flow and ability to service the convertible debentures.
Under the Code, no deduction is allowed for interest expense in excess of $5 million on convertible subordinated indebtedness incurred to acquire stock or assets of another corporation reduced by any interest paid on other obligations which have provided consideration for an acquisition of stock in another corporation. If a significant portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the convertible debentures, either alone or together with other debt proceeds, was used for a domestic acquisition and the convertible debentures and other debt, if any, were deemed to be corporate acquisition indebtedness as defined in Section 279 of the Code, interest deductions for tax purposes in excess of $5 million on such debt reduced by any interest paid on other obligations which have provided consideration for an acquisition of stock in another corporation would be disallowed. This would adversely impact our cash flow and our ability to pay down the convertible debentures. We previously applied a significant portion of the proceeds from our December 2004 issuance of 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 to acquisitions of foreign corporations. In prior years, the interest expense attributable to these acquisitions exhausted all of the $5 million annual interest expense deduction permitted under the Code for certain convertible subordinated debt incurred for corporation acquisitions. In 2009, the repurchase of the 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 significantly reduced interest expense for federal income tax purposes and, consequently, a larger portion of the annual interest expense subject to limitation was able to be deducted. Although the portion of interest expense able to be deducted increased, significant interest deductions would be disallowed with respect to our October 2005 3.50% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 if Section 279 of the Code applied. We do not currently anticipate that this limitation will apply but there can be no assurance of that fact.

20


Table of Contents

In the past, the U.S. Senate has drafted proposed tax relief legislation that contained a provision that would eliminate the comparable interest rate deduction on future issuances of convertible debentures such as ours. Legislation containing this provision has not been passed, however, we cannot predict if there will be future tax legislation proposed and approved that would eliminate the comparable interest rate deduction.
Increases in taxes could negatively impact our operating results.
As a result of the recent economic downturn, tax receipts have decreased and/or government spending has increased in many of the countries in which we operate. Consequently, governments may increase tax rates or implement new taxes in order to compensate for gaps between tax revenues and expenditures. Additionally, governments may prohibit or restrict the use of certain legal structures designed to minimize taxes. Any such tax increases, whether borne by us or our customers, could negatively impact our operating results or the demand for our products.
Because we are a multinational company conducting a complex business in many markets worldwide, we are subject to legal and operational risks related to staffing and management, as well as a broad array of local legal and regulatory requirements.
Operating outside of the U.S. creates difficulties associated with staffing and managing our international operations, as well as complying with local legal and regulatory requirements. Because we operate financial transaction processing networks that offer new products and services to customers, the laws and regulations in the markets in which we operate are subject to rapid change. Although we have local staff in countries in which we deem it appropriate, we cannot assure you that we will continue to be found to be operating in compliance with all applicable customs, currency exchange control regulations, data protection, transfer pricing regulations or any other laws or regulations to which we may be subject. We also cannot assure you that these laws will not be modified in ways that may adversely affect our business.
Because we derive our revenues from a multitude of countries with different currencies, our business is affected by local inflation and foreign currency exchange rates and policies.
We attempt to match any assets denominated in a currency with liabilities denominated in the same currency. However, a significant amount of our cash outflows, including the acquisition of ATMs, executive salaries, certain long-term contracts and a significant portion of our debt obligations, are made in U.S. dollars, while most of our revenues are denominated in other currencies. As exchange rates among the U.S. dollar, the euro, and other currencies fluctuate, the translation effect of these fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition as reported in U.S. dollars. Exchange rate policies have not always allowed for the free conversion of currencies at the market rate. Future fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on our results.
Our Money Transfer Segment is subject to foreign currency exchange risks because our customers deposit funds in one currency at our retail and agent locations worldwide and we typically deliver funds denominated in a different, destination country currency. Although we use foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate a portion of this risk, we cannot eliminate all of the exposure to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates for the period between collection and disbursement of the money transfers.
We have various mechanisms in place to discourage takeover attempts, which may reduce or eliminate our stockholders’ ability to sell their shares for a premium in a change of control transaction.
Various provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of Delaware corporate law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control or takeover attempt of our company by a third party to which our management and board of directors opposes. Public stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have the opportunity to do so. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change of control or change in our management and board of directors. These provisions include:
    preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or to discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock;
 
    classification of our directors into three classes with respect to the time for which they hold office;
 
    supermajority voting requirements to amend the provision in our certificate of incorporation providing for the classification of our directors into three such classes;
 
    non-cumulative voting for directors;
 
    control by our board of directors of the size of our board of directors;
 
    limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; and

21


Table of Contents

    advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by our stockholders at stockholder meetings.
We have also approved a stockholders’ rights agreement (the ‘‘Rights Agreement’’) between Euronet and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., (subsequently renamed Computershare Limited) as Rights Agent. Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, holders of our common stock are entitled to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a share (a ‘‘Unit’’) of Junior Preferred Stock at a price of $57.00 per Unit upon certain events. The purchase price is subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits and other similar events. Generally, in the event a person or entity acquires, or initiates a tender offer to acquire, at least 15% of Euronet’s then-outstanding common stock, the Rights will become exercisable for common stock having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right, or effectively at one-half of Euronet’s then-current stock price. The existence of the Rights Plan may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control or takeover attempt of our company by a third party that is opposed to by our management and board of directors.
Our directors and officers, together with the entities with which they are associated, owned approximately 9% of our Common Stock as of December 31, 2010, giving them significant control over decisions related to our Company.
This control includes the ability to influence the election of other directors of our Company and to cast a large block of votes with respect to virtually all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. This concentration of control may have the effect of delaying or preventing transactions or a potential change of control of our Company.
We are authorized to issue up to a total of 90 million shares of Common Stock, potentially diluting equity ownership of current holders and the share price of our Common Stock.
We believe that it is necessary to maintain a sufficient number of available authorized shares of our Common Stock in order to provide us with the flexibility to issue Common Stock for business purposes that may arise as deemed advisable by our Board. These purposes could include, among other things, (i) to declare future stock dividends or stock splits, which may increase the liquidity of our shares; (ii) the sale of stock to obtain additional capital or to acquire other companies or businesses, which could enhance our growth strategy or allow us to reduce debt if needed; (iii) for use in additional stock incentive programs and (iv) for other bona fide purposes. Our Board of Directors may issue the available authorized shares of Common Stock without notice to, or further action by, our stockholders, unless stockholder approval is required by law or the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The issuance of additional shares of Common Stock may significantly dilute the equity ownership of the current holders of our Common Stock. Further, over the course of time, all of the issued shares have the potential to be publicly traded, perhaps in large blocks. This may result in dilution of the market price of the Common Stock.
An additional 10.0 million shares of Common Stock, representing 20% of the shares outstanding as of December 31, 2010, could be added to our total Common Stock outstanding through the exercise of options or the issuance of additional shares of our Common Stock pursuant to existing convertible debt and other agreements. Once issued, these shares of Common Stock could be traded into the market and result in a decrease in the market price of our Common Stock.
As of December 31, 2010, we had an aggregate of 5.6 million options and restricted stock awards outstanding held by our directors, officers and employees, which entitles these holders to acquire an equal number of shares of our Common Stock upon exercise. Of this amount, 1.7 million options are vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2010. Approximately 0.1 million additional shares of our Common Stock may be issued in connection with our employee stock purchase plan. Upon the occurrence of certain events, another 4.3 million shares of Common Stock could be issued upon conversion of the Company’s Convertible Debentures issued in October 2005; in certain situations, the number of shares issuable could be higher.
Accordingly, based on current trading prices of our Common Stock, approximately 10.0 million shares could potentially be added to our total current Common Stock outstanding through the exercise of options or the issuance of additional shares, which could adversely impact the trading price for our stock.
Of the 5.6 million total options and restricted stock awards outstanding, an aggregate of 2.9 million options and restricted shares are held by persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates and who would be subject to Rule 144. Thus, upon exercise of their options or sale of shares for which restrictions have lapsed, these affiliates’ shares would be subject to the trading restrictions imposed by Rule 144. The remainder of the common shares issuable under option and restricted stock arrangements would be freely tradable in the public market. Over the course of time, all of the issued shares have the potential to be publicly traded, perhaps in large blocks.

22


Table of Contents

Our competition in the EFT Processing Segment, epay Segment and Money Transfer Segment includes large, well-financed companies and financial institutions larger than us with earlier entry into the market. As a result, we may lack the financial resources and access to capital needed to capture increased market share.
EFT Processing Segment— Our principal EFT Processing competitors include ATM networks owned by banks and national switches consisting of consortiums of local banks that provide outsourcing and transaction services only to banks and independent ATM deployers in that country. Large, well-financed companies offer ATM network and outsourcing services that compete with us in various markets. In some cases, these companies also sell a broader range of card and processing services than we, and are in some cases, willing to discount ATM services to obtain large contracts covering a broad range of services. Competitive factors in our EFT Processing Segment include network availability and response time, breadth of service offering, price to both the bank and to its customers, ATM location and access to other networks.
For our ITM product line, we are a leading supplier of electronic financial transaction processing software for the IBM iSeries platform in a largely fragmented market, which is made up of competitors that offer a variety of solutions that compete with our products, ranging from single applications to fully integrated electronic financial processing software. Additionally, for ITM, other industry suppliers service the software requirements of large mainframe systems and UNIX-based platforms, and accordingly are not considered competitors. We have specifically targeted customers consisting of financial institutions that operate their back office systems with the IBM iSeries.
Our software solutions business has multiple types of competitors that compete across all EFT software components in the following areas: (i) ATM, network and POS software systems, (ii) Internet banking software systems, (iii) credit card software systems, (iv) mobile banking systems, (v) mobile operator solutions, (vi) telephone banking and (vii) full EFT software. Competitive factors in the software solutions business include price, technology development and the ability of software systems to interact with other leading products.
epay Segment— We face competition in the epay business in all of our markets. A few multinational companies operate in several of our markets, and we therefore compete with them in a number of countries. In other markets, our competition is from smaller, local companies. Major retailers with high volumes are in a position to demand a larger share of commissions or to negotiate directly with the mobile phone operators, which may compress our margins. Additionally, certain of our content providers, including mobile phone operators have shown interest in entering into direct contracts with retailers and/or developing processing technology that could diminish or eliminate the need for intermediate processors and distributors.
Money Transfer Segment— Our primary competitors in the money transfer and bill payment business include other independent processors and electronic money transmitters, as well as certain major national and regional banks, financial institutions and independent sales organizations. Our competitors include The Western Union Company, MoneyGram International Inc. and others, some of which are larger than we are and have greater resources and access to capital for expansion than we have. This may allow them to offer better pricing terms to customers, which may result in a loss of our current or potential customers or could force us to lower our prices. Either of these actions could have an adverse impact on our revenues. In addition, our competitors may have the ability to devote more financial and operational resources than we can to the development of new technologies that provide improved functionality and features to their product and service offerings. If successful, their development efforts could render our product and services offerings less desirable, resulting in the loss of customers or a reduction in the price we could demand for our services. In addition to traditional money payment services, new technologies are emerging that may effectively compete with traditional money payment services, such as stored-value cards, debit networks and web-based services. Our continued growth depends upon our ability to compete effectively with these alternative technologies.
The growth and profitability of our epay business is dependent on certain factors that vary from market to market.
Our epay Segment derives revenues based on processing fees and commissions from mobile phone operators and other content providers. Growth in our prepaid mobile business in any given market is driven by a number of factors, including the overall pace of growth in the prepaid mobile phone market which is impacted by competing postpaid services, our market share of the retail distribution capacity, the level of commission that is paid to the various intermediaries in the prepaid mobile airtime distribution chain, and the value provided to the retailers through the types of products offered and the level of integration with their systems. Also, competition among prepaid mobile distributors results in retailer churn and the reduction of commissions paid by prepaid content providers, although a portion of such reductions can be passed along to retailers. In the last year, processing fees and commissions per transaction have declined in most markets, and we expect that trend to continue. We have been able to improve our results despite that trend due to substantial growth in the number of transactions, driven by acquisitions and organic growth. If we cannot continue to increase our transaction levels and per-transaction fees and commissions continue to decline, the combined impact of these factors could adversely impact our financial results.

23


Table of Contents

Our epay and money transfer businesses may be susceptible to fraud and/or credit risks occurring at the retailer and/or consumer level.
In our epay Segment, we contract with retailers that accept payment on our behalf, which we then transfer to a trust or other operating account for payment to content providers. In the event a retailer does not transfer to us payments that it receives for prepaid content sales, whether as a result of fraud, insolvency, billing delays or otherwise, we are responsible to the content provider for the cost of the product sold. We can provide no assurance that retailer fraud or insolvency will not increase in the future or that any proceeds we receive under our credit enhancement insurance policies will be adequate to cover losses resulting from retailer fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
With respect to our money transfer business, our business is primarily conducted through our agent network, which provides money transfer services directly to consumers at retail locations. Our agents collect funds directly from consumers and in turn we collect from the agents the proceeds due to us resulting from the money transfer transactions. Therefore, we have credit exposure to our agents. Additionally, our Company-owned stores transact a significant amount of business in cash. Although we have safeguards in place, cash transactions have a higher exposure to fraud and theft than other types of transactions. The failure of agents owing us significant amounts to remit funds to us or to repay such amounts, or the loss of cash in our stores could have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Because we typically enter into short-term contracts with content providers and retailers, our epay business is subject to the risk of non-renewal of those contracts, or renewal under less favorable terms.
Our contracts with content providers to distribute and process content, including prepaid mobile airtime recharge services, typically have terms of less than three years. Many of those contracts may be canceled by either party upon three months’ notice. Our contracts with content providers are not exclusive, so these providers may enter into contracts with other service providers. In addition, our service contracts with major retailers typically have terms of one to three years, and our contracts with smaller retailers typically may be canceled by either party upon three to six months’ notice. The cancellation or non-renewal of one or more of our significant content provider or retail contracts, or of a large enough group of our contracts with smaller retailers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The renewal of contracts under less favorable payment terms, commission terms or other terms could have a material adverse impact on our working capital requirements and/or results from operations. In addition, our contracts generally permit operators to reduce our fees at any time. Commission revenue or fee reductions by any of the content providers could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The growth and profitability of our epay business may be adversely affected by changes in state, federal or foreign laws, rules and regulations.
As we continue to expand our electronic payment product offerings, certain of those products may become regulated by state, federal or foreign laws, rules and regulations. Certain new product offerings may be considered to be money transfer related products which would require licensure for entities distributing or processing such products. If such products become more highly regulated and ultimately require licensure, our epay business may be adversely affected.
Our continued growth in our epay business may be contingent on product differentiation and our ability to offer new electronic payment products.
The prepaid marketplace is currently experiencing high growth in the differentiation of product offerings. While our epay business is focused on expanding and differentiating its suite of prepaid product offerings on a global basis, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into relationships on favorable terms with additional content providers or renew or expand current relationships and contracts on favorable terms. Inability to continue to grow our suite of electronic payment product offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The stability and growth of our EFT Processing Segment depend on maintaining our current card acceptance and ATM management agreements with banks and international card organizations, and on securing new arrangements for card acceptance and ATM management.
The stability and future growth of our EFT Processing Segment depends in part on our ability to sign card acceptance and ATM management agreements with banks and international card organizations. Card acceptance agreements allow our ATMs to accept credit and debit cards issued by banks and international card organizations. ATM management agreements generate service income from our management of ATMs for banks. These agreements are the primary source of our ATM business.
These agreements have expiration dates, and banks and international card organizations are generally not obligated to renew them. In some cases, banks may terminate their contracts prior to the expiration of their terms. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to sign or maintain these agreements on terms and conditions acceptable to us or whether those international card

24


Table of Contents

organizations will continue to permit our ATMs to accept their credit and debit cards. The inability to continue to sign or maintain these agreements, or to continue to accept the credit and debit cards of local banks and international card organizations at our ATMs in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations.
Our operating results depend in part on the volume of transactions on ATMs in our network and the fees we can collect from processing these transactions. We generally have little control over the ATM transaction fees established in the markets where we operate, and therefore, cannot control any potential reductions in these fees.
Transaction fees from banks and international card organizations for transactions processed on our ATMs have historically accounted for a substantial majority of our revenues. These fees are set by agreement among all banks in a particular market. The future operating results of our ATM business depend on the following factors:
    the increased issuance of credit and debit cards;
 
    the increased acceptance of our ATM processing and management services in our target markets;
 
    the maintenance of the level of transaction fees we receive;
 
    the installation of larger numbers of ATMs; and
 
    the continued use of our ATMs by credit and debit cardholders.
The amount of fees we receive per transaction is set in various ways in the markets in which we do business. We have card acceptance agreements or ATM management agreements with some banks under which fees are set. However, we derive the bulk of our revenues in most markets from ‘‘interchange fees’’ that are set by the central ATM processing switch. The banks that participate in these switches set the interchange fee, and we are not in a position in any market to greatly influence these fees, which may increase or decrease over time. A significant decrease in the interchange fee in any market could adversely affect our results in that market.
Although we believe that the volume of transactions in developing countries may increase due to growth in the number of cards being issued by banks in these markets, we anticipate that transaction levels on any given ATM in developing markets will not increase significantly. We can attempt to improve the levels of transactions on our ATM network overall by acquiring good sites for our ATMs, eliminating poor locations, entering new less-developed markets and adding new transactions to the sets of transactions that are available on our ATMs. However, we may not be successful in materially increasing transaction levels through these measures. Per-transaction fees paid by international card organizations have declined in certain markets in recent years and competitive factors have required us to reduce the transaction fees we charge customers. If we cannot continue to increase our transaction levels and per-transaction fees generally decline, our results would be adversely affected.
Developments in electronic financial transactions could materially reduce our transaction levels and revenues.
Certain developments in the field of electronic financial transactions may reduce the need for ATMs, prepaid mobile phone POS terminals and money transfer agents. These developments may reduce the transaction levels that we experience on our networks in the markets where they occur. Financial institutions, retailers and agents could elect to increase fees to their customers for using our services, which may cause a decline in the use of our services and have an adverse effect on our revenues. If transaction levels over our existing network of ATMs, POS terminals, agents and other distribution methods do not increase, growth in our revenues will depend primarily on increased capital investment for new sites and developing new markets, which reduces the margin we realize from our revenues.
The mobile phone industry is a rapidly evolving area, in which technological developments, in particular the development of new distribution methods or services, may affect the demand for other services in a dramatic way. The development of any new technology that reduces the need or demand for prepaid mobile airtime could materially and adversely affect our business.
In some cases, we are dependent upon international card organizations and national transaction processing switches to provide assistance in obtaining settlement from card issuers of funds relating to transactions on our ATMs.
Our ATMs dispense cash relating to transactions on credit and debit cards issued by banks. We have in place arrangements for the settlement to us of all of those transactions, but in some cases, we do not have a direct relationship with the card-issuing bank and rely for settlement on the application of rules that are administered by international card associations (such as Visa or MasterCard) or national transaction processing switching networks. If a bankcard association fails to settle transactions in accordance with those rules, we are dependent upon cooperation from such organizations or switching networks to enforce our right of settlement against such banks or card associations. Failure by such organizations or switches to provide the required cooperation could result in our inability to obtain settlement of funds relating to transactions and adversely affect our business.

25


Table of Contents

Because our business is highly dependent on the proper operation of our computer network and telecommunications connections, significant technical disruptions to these systems would adversely affect our revenues and financial results.
Our business involves the operation and maintenance of a sophisticated computer network and telecommunications connections with financial institutions, mobile phone operators, retailers and agents. This, in turn, requires the maintenance of computer equipment and infrastructure, including telecommunications and electrical systems, and the integration and enhancement of complex software applications. Our ATM segment also uses a satellite-based system that is susceptible to the risk of satellite failure. There are operational risks inherent in this type of business that can result in the temporary shutdown of part or all of our processing systems, such as failure of electrical supply, failure of computer hardware and software errors. Excluding Germany, transactions in the EFT Processing Segment are processed through our Athens, Budapest, Belgrade, Beijing, Mumbai and Karachi processing centers. Transactions in the epay Segment are processed through our Basildon, Martinsried, Milan and Kansas City, Missouri processing centers. Transactions in our Money Transfer Segment are processed through our Buena Park, California processing center. Any operational problem in these centers may have a significant adverse impact on the operation of our networks. Even with disaster recovery procedures in place, these risks cannot be eliminated entirely, and any technical failure that prevents operation of our systems for a significant period of time will prevent us from processing transactions during that period of time and will directly and adversely affect our revenues and financial results.
We are subject to the risks of liability for fraudulent bankcard and other card transactions involving a breach in our security systems, breaches of our information security policies or safeguards, as well as for ATM theft and vandalism.
We capture, transmit, handle and store sensitive information in conducting and managing electronic, financial and mobile transactions, such as card information and PIN numbers. These businesses involve certain inherent security risks, in particular: the risk of electronic interception and theft of the information for use in fraudulent or other card transactions by persons outside the Company or by our own employees; and the use of fraudulent cards on our network of owned or outsourced ATMs and POS devices. We incorporate industry-standard encryption technology and processing methodology into our systems and software, and maintain controls and procedures regarding access to our computer systems by employees and others, to maintain high levels of security. Although this technology and methodology decrease security risks, they cannot be eliminated entirely as criminal elements apply increasingly sophisticated technology to attempt to obtain unauthorized access to the information handled by ATM and electronic financial transaction networks. In addition, the cost and timeframes required for implementation of new technology may result in a time lag between availability of such technology and our adoption of it. Further, our controls, procedures and technology may not be able to detect when there is a breach, causing a delay in our ability to mitigate it. The recent economic crisis increases the risk that criminals will attempt such data theft.
Any breach in our security systems could result in the perpetration of fraudulent financial transactions for which we may bear the liability. We are insured against various risks, including theft and negligence, but such insurance coverage is subject to deductibles, exclusions and limitations that may leave us bearing some or all of any losses arising from security breaches.
We also collect, transfer and retain consumer data as part of our money transfer business. These activities are subject to certain consumer privacy laws and regulations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions where our money transfer services are offered. We maintain technical and operational safeguards designed to comply with applicable legal requirements. Despite these safeguards, there remains a risk that these safeguards could be breached resulting in improper access to, and disclosure of, sensitive consumer information. Breaches of our security policies or applicable legal requirements resulting in a compromise of consumer data could expose us to regulatory enforcement action, subject us to litigation, limit our ability to provide money transfer services and/or cause harm to our reputation.
In addition to electronic fraud issues and breaches of our information security policies and safeguards, the possible theft and vandalism of ATMs present risks for our ATM business. We install ATMs at high-traffic sites and consequently our ATMs are exposed to theft and vandalism. Although we are insured against such risks, deductibles, exclusions or limitations in such insurance may leave us bearing some or all of any losses arising from theft or vandalism of ATMs. In addition, we have experienced increases in claims under our insurance, which has increased our insurance premiums.
We could incur substantial losses if one of the third party depository institutions we use in our operations were to fail.
As part of our business operations we maintain cash balances at third party depository institutions. We could incur substantial losses if a financial institution in which we have significant deposits fails.

26


Table of Contents

We are required under German law and the rules of financial transaction switching networks in all of our markets to have ‘‘sponsors’’ to operate ATMs and switch ATM transactions. Our failure to secure ‘‘sponsor’’ arrangements in Germany or any other market could prevent us from doing business in that market.
Under German law, only a licensed financial institution may operate ATMs. Because we are not a licensed financial institution we are required to have a ‘‘sponsor’’ bank to conduct our German ATM operations. In addition, in all of our markets, our ATMs are connected to national financial transaction switching networks owned or operated by banks, and to other international financial transaction switching networks operated by organizations such as Citibank, Visa and MasterCard. The rules governing these switching networks require any company sending transactions through these switches to be a bank or a technical service processor that is approved and monitored by a bank. As a result, the operation of our ATM network in all of our markets depends on our ability to secure these ‘‘sponsor’’ arrangements with financial institutions.
To date, we have been successful in reaching contractual arrangements that have permitted us to operate in all of our target markets. However, we cannot assure you that we will continue to be successful in reaching these arrangements, and it is possible that our current arrangements will not continue to be renewed. If we are unable to secure “sponsor” arrangements in Germany or any other market, we could be prevented from doing business in the applicable market.
Competition in our EFT Processing Segment has increased over the last several years, increasing the risk that certain of our long-term bank outsourcing contracts may be terminated or not renewed upon expiration.
The developing markets in which we have done business have matured over the years, resulting in increasing competition. In addition, as consolidation of financial institutions in Central and Eastern Europe continues, certain of our customers have established or are establishing internal ATM management and processing capabilities. As a result of these developments, negotiations regarding renewal of contracts have become increasingly challenging and in certain cases we have reduced fees to extend contracts beyond their original terms. In certain other cases, contracts have been, and in the future may be, terminated by financial institutions resulting in a substantial reduction in revenue. Contract termination payments, if any, may be inadequate to replace revenues and operating income associated with these contracts. Although we have historically considered the risk of non-renewal of major contracts to be relatively low because of complex interfaces and operational procedures established for those contracts, the risk of non-renewal or early termination is increasing.
Our operating results in the money transfer business depend in part on continued worker immigration patterns, our ability to expand our share of the existing electronic market and to expand into new markets and our ability to continue complying with regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FINCEN”), PATRIOT Act regulations or any other existing or future regulations that impact any aspect of our money transfer business.
Our money transfer business primarily focuses on workers who migrate to foreign countries in search of employment and then send a portion of their earnings to family members in their home countries. Changes in U.S. and foreign government policies or enforcement toward immigration may have a negative effect on immigration in the U.S. and other countries, which could also have an adverse impact on our money transfer revenues.
Both U.S. and foreign regulators have become increasingly aggressive in the enforcement of the various regulatory regimes applicable to our businesses and the imposition of fines and penalties in the event of violations. Our ability to continue complying with the requirements of OFAC, BSA, FINCEN, the PATRIOT Act and other regulations (both U.S. and foreign) is important to our success in achieving growth and an inability to do this could have an adverse impact on our revenues and earnings. Anti-money laundering regulations require us to be responsible for the compliance by agents with such regulations. Although we have training and compliance programs in place, we cannot be certain our agents will comply with such regulations and we may be held responsible for their failure to comply, resulting in fines and penalties.
Future growth and profitability depend upon expansion within the markets in which we currently operate and the development of new markets for our money transfer services. Our expansion into new markets is dependent upon our ability to successfully integrate RIA into our existing operations, to apply our existing technology or to develop new applications to satisfy market demand. We may not have adequate financial and technological resources to expand our distribution channels and product applications to satisfy these demands, which may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve expected growth in revenues and earnings.
Changes in state, federal or foreign laws, rules and regulations could impact the money transfer industry, making it more difficult for our customers to initiate money transfers.
We are subject to regulation by the U.S. states in which we operate, by the U.S. federal government and by the governments of the other countries in which we operate. Changes in the laws, rules and regulations of these governmental entities, and our ability to obtain or retain required licensure, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

27


Table of Contents

Changes in banking industry regulation and practice could make it more difficult for us and our agents to maintain depository accounts with banks.
The banking industry, in light of increased regulatory oversight, is continually examining its business relationships with companies who offer money transfer services and with retail agents who collect and remit cash collected from end consumers. Should banks decide to not offer depository services to companies engaged in processing money transfer transactions, or to retail agents who collect and remit cash from end customers, our ability to administer and collect fees from money transfer transactions could be adversely impacted.
If we are unable to maintain our money transfer agent and correspondent networks, our business may be adversely affected.
Our money transfer based revenues are primarily generated through the use of our agent and correspondent networks. Transaction volumes at existing locations may increase over time and new agents provide us with additional revenues. If agents or correspondents decide to leave our network or if we are unable to sign new agents or correspondents, our revenue and profit growth rates may be adversely affected. Our agents and correspondents are also subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations that vary significantly, depending on the legal jurisdiction. Changes in these laws and regulations could adversely affect our ability to maintain the networks or the cost of providing money transfer services. In addition, agents may generate fewer transactions or less revenue due to various factors, including increased competition. Because our agents and correspondents are third parties that may sell products and provide services in addition to our money transfer services, they may encounter business difficulties unrelated to the provision of our services, which may cause the agents or correspondents to reduce their number of locations or hours of operation, or cease doing business altogether.
If consumer confidence in our money transfer business or brands declines, our business may be adversely affected.
Our money transfer business relies on consumer confidence in our brands and our ability to provide efficient and reliable money transfer services. A decline in consumer confidence in our business or brands, or in traditional money transfer providers as a means to transfer money, may adversely impact transaction volumes which would in turn be expected to adversely impact our business.
Our money transfer service offerings are dependent on financial institutions to provide such offerings.
Our money transfer business involves transferring funds internationally and is dependent upon foreign and domestic financial institutions, including our competitors, to execute funds transfers and foreign currency transactions. Changes to existing regulations of financial institution operations, such as those designed to combat terrorism or money laundering, could require us to alter our operating procedures in a manner that increases our cost of doing business or to terminate certain product offerings. In addition, as a result of existing regulations and/or changes to those regulations, financial institutions could decide to cease providing the services on which we depend, requiring us to terminate certain product offerings.
The recent adoption of derivatives legislation by the U.S. Congress could have an adverse effect on our ability to hedge risks associated with our business.
The U.S. Congress recently adopted comprehensive financial reform legislation, known as the Dodd-Frank Act, that establishes federal oversight and regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market and entities that participate in that market. The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law by the President on July 21, 2010, and requires the Commodities Futures Trading Commission, or CFTC, and the SEC to promulgate rules and regulations implementing the new legislation within 360 days from the date of enactment. The act also requires the CFTC to institute broad new position limits for futures and options traded on regulated exchanges. As the law favors exchange trading and clearing, the Dodd-Frank Act also may require us to move certain derivatives transactions to exchanges where no trade credit is provided and also comply with margin requirements in connection with our derivatives activities that are not exchange traded, although the application of those provisions to us is uncertain at this time. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires many counterparties to our derivatives instruments to spin off some of their derivatives activities to a separate entity, which may not be as creditworthy as the current counterparty, or cause the entity to comply with the capital requirements, which could result in increased costs to counterparties such as us. The Dodd-Frank Act and any new regulations could (i) significantly increase the cost of derivative contracts (including requirements to post collateral, which could adversely affect our available liquidity); (ii) reduce the availability of derivatives to protect against risks we encounter; and (iii) reduce the liquidity of foreign currency related derivatives.

28


Table of Contents

If we reduce our use of derivatives as a result of the legislation and regulations, our results of operations may become more volatile and our cash flows may be less predictable, which could adversely affect our ability to plan for and fund capital expenditures. Increased volatility may make us less attractive to certain types of investors. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our executive offices are located in Leawood, Kansas. As of December 31, 2010, we also maintained principal operational offices in Sao Paulo, Brazil; Montréal, Canada; Antiguo Cuscatlan, El Salvador; Mexico City, Mexico; San Juan, Puerto Rico; Buena Park, California; Leawood, Kansas; Little Rock, Arkansas; Liverpool and Sydney, Australia; Beijing, China; Mumbai and Pune, India; Auckland, New Zealand; Brussels, Belgium; Sofia, Bulgaria; Zagreb, Croatia; Prague, Czech Republic; Paris, France; Berlin and Martinsried, Germany; Athens, Greece; Budapest, Hungary; Dublin, Ireland; Milan and Rome, Italy; Warsaw and Cracow, Poland; Bucharest, Romania; Belgrade, Serbia; Bratislava, Slovakia; Madrid, Spain; Stockholm, Sweden; Geneva, Switzerland; Basildon and London, U.K.; Kiev, Ukraine; Cairo, Egypt; and Karachi, Pakistan. Our office leases generally provide for initial terms ranging from two to twelve years.
Our processing centers for the EFT Processing Segment are located in Budapest, Hungary; Belgrade, Serbia; Athens, Greece; Beijing, China; Mumbai, India; and Karachi, Pakistan. Our processing centers for the epay Segment are located in Basildon, U.K.; Martinsried, Germany; Kansas City, Missouri; and Milan, Italy. Our processing center for the Money Transfer Segment is located in Buena Park, California.
Our processing centers in Budapest, Belgrade, Athens, Beijing, Mumbai, Karachi, Basildon, Martinsried, Kansas City, Milan and Buena Park have off-site real time backup processing centers that are capable of providing full or partial processing services in the event of failure of the primary processing centers.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business.
The discussion regarding litigation in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Note 19, Litigation and Contingencies, to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report is incorporated herein by reference.
Currently, there are no other legal proceedings that management believes, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we record a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case.
ITEM 4. (REMOVED AND RESERVED)

29


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET INFORMATION
Our common stock, $0.02 par value per share (“Common Stock”), is quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol EEFT. The following table sets forth the high and low daily sales prices during the quarters indicated for our Common Stock:
                                 
    2010   2009
For the quarters ended   High   Low   High   Low
December 31
  $ 19.09     $ 16.16     $ 25.30     $ 20.71  
September 30
  $ 18.28     $ 12.40     $ 25.09     $ 17.73  
June 30
  $ 21.52     $ 12.36     $ 20.43     $ 12.59  
March 31
  $ 22.71     $ 18.01     $ 13.65     $ 7.57  
DIVIDENDS
Since our inception, no dividends have been paid on our Common Stock or Preferred Stock. We do not intend to distribute dividends for the foreseeable future. Certain of our credit facilities contain restrictions on the payment of dividends without lender consent.
HOLDERS
At December 31, 2010, we had 76 stockholders of record of our Common Stock, and none of our Preferred Stock was outstanding.
PRIVATE PLACEMENTS AND ISSUANCES OF EQUITY
During 2010, we did not issue any equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, which have not been previously reported in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K.
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
Set forth below is a graph comparing the total cumulative return on our Common Stock from December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2010 with the Total Returns Index for U.S. companies traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the “Market Group”) and an index group of peer companies, the Total Returns Index for U.S. NASDAQ Financial Stocks (the “Peer Group”). Returns are based on monthly changes in price and assume reinvested dividends. These calculations assume the value of an investment in the Common Stock, the Market Group and the Peer Group was $100 on December 31, 2005.
The following performance graph and related text are being furnished to and not filed with the SEC, and will not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Exchange Act or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate such information by reference into such filing.

30


Table of Contents

(LINE GRAPH)
NOTE: Derived from CRSP NASDAQ Stock Market, Center for Research in Security Prices (CRSP®), Booth School of Business, The University of Chicago. Used with permission. All rights reserved. Graph copyright 2011 Zacks Investment Research, Inc.
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION
The table below sets forth information with respect to shares of Common Stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010.
                         
                    Number of
                    securities
                    remaining
                    available for
                    future issuance
    Number of           under equity
    securities to be           compensation
    issued upon   Weighted average   plans (excluding
    exercise of   exercise price of   securities
    outstanding   outstanding   reflected in
    options and rights   options and rights   column (a))
Plan category   (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
                    3,347,853  
Stock option awards
    4,538,744     $ 14.70          
Restricted stock unit awards
    1,073,015                
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
 
                       
 
                       
Total
    5,611,759       11.89       3,347,853  
 
                       

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following information should be read in conjunction with Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes contained in Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data in this report. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands, except as noted)   2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Consolidated statements of operations data:
                                       
Revenues
  $  1,038,269     $ 1,032,694     $ 1,045,665     $ 902,666     $ 615,376  
Operating expenses (1)
    975,504       904,406       1,138,435       779,435       536,014  
Depreciation and amortization
    57,496       56,023       56,251       46,997       28,590  
 
                             
Operating income (loss) (1)
    5,269       72,265       (149,021 )     76,234       50,772  
Other expenses, net
    (21,748 )     (17,026 )     (52,896 )     (6,277 )     (1,272 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    1,461       1,934       1,250       908       660  
 
                             
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (15,018 )     57,173       (200,667 )     70,865       50,160  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (22,899 )     (25,836 )     7,337       (34,038 )     (15,676 )
 
                             
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (37,917 )   $ 31,337     $ (193,330 )   $ 36,827     $ 34,484  
 
                             
 
Earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.75 )   $ 0.59     $ (3.91 )   $ 0.77     $ 0.90  
Diluted
  $ (0.75 )   $ 0.58     $ (3.91 )   $ 0.74     $ 0.87  
 
                                       
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                       
Assets
  $ 1,409,372     $ 1,412,679     $ 1,405,644     $ 1,850,449     $ 1,107,674  
Debt obligations, long-term portion
    286,105       320,283       294,355       491,923       289,795  
Capital lease obligations, long-term portion
    2,363       1,997       6,356       11,520       13,305  
 
                                       
Summary network data
                                       
Number of operational ATMs at end of period
    10,786       9,720       10,128       11,347       8,885  
EFT processing transactions during the period (millions)
    794       703       672       582       456  
Number of operational prepaid processing POS terminals at end of period (rounded)
    563,000       498,000       430,000       396,000       296,000  
Prepaid processing transactions during the period (millions)
    891       777       713       635       458  
Money transfer transactions during the period (millions)
    18.8       17.6       16.7       12.0       0.3  
 
(1)   The results of 2010, 2009 and 2008 include non-cash charges related to impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets of $70.9 million, $9.9 million and $220.1 million, respectively. The results for 2007 include a benefit of $12.2 million for a federal excise tax refund which was recorded as a reduction to operating expenses.
Note: We believe that the period-to-period comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful due to certain significant transactions, including acquisitions in 2006, 2007 and 2010 (See Note 5, Acquisitions, to the consolidated financial statements).

32


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
COMPANY OVERVIEW, GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS AND PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (“Euronet,” the “Company,” “we” or “us”) is a leading global electronic payments provider. We offer payment and transaction processing and distribution solutions to financial institutions, retailers, service providers and individual consumers. Our primary product offerings include comprehensive automated teller machine (“ATM”), point-of-sale (“POS”) and card outsourcing services; electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other prepaid products, and global consumer money transfer services. As of December 31, 2010, we operate in the following three principal business segments:
    The EFT Processing Segment, which processes transactions for a network of 10,786 ATMs and approximately 55,000 POS terminals across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. We provide comprehensive electronic payment solutions consisting of ATM network participation, outsourced ATM and POS management solutions, credit and debit card outsourcing and electronic recharge services for prepaid mobile airtime. Through this segment, we also offer a suite of integrated electronic financial transaction (“EFT”) software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.
 
    The epay Segment, which provides electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payment products and collection services for various prepaid products, cards and services. Including terminals operated by unconsolidated subsidiaries, we operate a network of approximately 563,000 POS terminals providing electronic processing of prepaid mobile airtime top-up services and other electronic payment products in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, North America and South America.
 
    The Money Transfer Segment, which provides global consumer-to-consumer money transfer services, primarily under the brand name RIA. We offer this service through a network of sending agents and Company-owned stores (primarily in North America and Europe), disbursing money transfers through a worldwide correspondent network that includes approximately 110,000 locations. In addition to money transfers, we also offer customers bill payment services, payment alternatives such as money orders and prepaid debit cards, comprehensive check cashing service for a wide variety of issued checks, along with competitive foreign currency exchange services. Bill payment services are offered primarily in the U.S.
We have six processing centers in Europe, two in Asia Pacific, two in North America and one in the Middle East. We have 27 principal offices in Europe, seven in North America, six in Asia Pacific, one in South America and two in the Middle East. Our executive offices are located in Leawood, Kansas, USA. With approximately 78% of our revenues denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, any significant changes in currency exchange rates will likely have a significant impact on our results of operations (for more discussion, see Item 1A — Risk Factors and Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk).
SOURCES OF REVENUES AND CASH FLOW
Euronet primarily earns revenues and income based on ATM management fees, transaction fees, commissions and foreign currency spreads. Each business segment’s sources of revenue are described in more detail below.
EFT Processing Segment – Revenues in the EFT Processing Segment, which represented approximately 19% of total consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, are derived from fees charged for transactions effected by cardholders on our proprietary network of ATMs, as well as fixed management fees and transaction fees we charge to customers for operating ATMs and processing debit and credit cards under outsourcing and cross-border acquiring agreements. Through our proprietary network, we generally charge fees for four types of ATM transactions: i) cash withdrawals, ii) balance inquiries, iii) transactions not completed because the relevant card issuer does not give authorization, and iv) prepaid telecommunication recharges. Revenues in this segment are also derived from license fees, professional services and maintenance fees for proprietary application software and sales of related hardware.
epay Segment – Revenues in the epay Segment, which represented approximately 58% of total consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, are primarily derived from commissions or processing fees received from telecommunications service providers for the sale and distribution of prepaid mobile airtime. We also generate revenues from commissions earned from the distribution of other electronic payment products. Due to certain provisions in our mobile phone operator agreements, the operators have the ability to reduce the overall commission paid on each top-up transaction. However, by virtue of our agreements with retailers (distributors where POS terminals are located) in certain markets, not all of these reductions are absorbed by us because we are able to pass a significant portion of the reductions to retailers. Accordingly, under certain retailer agreements, the effect is to reduce revenues and reduce our direct operating costs resulting in only a small impact on gross margin and operating income. In some markets, reductions in commissions can significantly impact our results as it may not be possible, either contractually or commercially in the concerned market, to pass a reduction in commissions to the retailers. In Australia, certain retailers negotiate directly with the mobile phone operators for their own commission rates, which limits our ability to pass through reductions in commissions. Agreements with mobile phone operators are important to the success of our business. These agreements permit us to distribute prepaid mobile airtime

33


Table of Contents

to the mobile phone operators’ customers. Other electronic payment products offered by this segment include long distance calling card plans, prepaid Internet plans, debit cards, gift cards, vouchers, transport payments, lottery payments, bill payment, money transfer and digital content such as music, games and software.
Money Transfer Segment – Revenues in the Money Transfer Segment, which represented approximately 23% of total consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010, are primarily derived from charging a transaction fee, as well as a margin earned from purchasing foreign currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the foreign currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. We have a sending agent network in place comprised of agents and Company-owned stores primarily in North America and Europe and a worldwide network of correspondent agents, consisting primarily of financial institutions in the transfer destination countries. Sending and correspondent agents each earn fees for cash collection and distribution services. These fees are recognized as direct operating costs at the time of sale.
OPPORTUNITIES AND CHALLENGES
Our expansion plans and opportunities are focused on five primary areas:
    signing new outsourced ATM and POS terminal management contracts;
 
    increasing transactions processed on our network of owned and operated ATMs;
 
    expansion of our epay processing network and portfolio of electronic payment products;
 
    expansion of our money transfer and bill payment network; and
 
    development of our credit and debit card outsourcing business.
EFT Processing Segment – The continued expansion and development of our EFT Processing Segment business will depend on various factors including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
    the impact of competition by banks and other ATM operators and service providers in our current target markets;
 
    the demand for our ATM outsourcing services in our current target markets;
 
    the ability to develop products or services to drive increases in transactions;
 
    the expansion of our various business lines in markets where we operate and in new markets;
 
    the entrance into additional card acceptance and ATM management agreements with banks;
 
    the ability to obtain required licenses in markets we intend to enter or expand services;
 
    the availability of financing for expansion;
 
    the ability to efficiently install ATMs contracted under newly awarded outsourcing agreements;
 
    the ability to renew existing contracts at profitable rates;
 
    the ability to maintain pricing at current levels;
 
    the impact of reductions in ATM interchange fees;
 
    the ability to expand and sign additional customers for the cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business; and
 
    the continued development and implementation of our software products and their ability to interact with other leading products.
We consistently evaluate and add prospects to our list of potential ATM outsource customers. However, we cannot predict the increase or decrease in the number of ATMs we manage under outsourcing agreements because this depends largely on the willingness of banks to enter into outsourcing contracts with us. Due to the thorough internal reviews and extensive negotiations conducted by existing and prospective banking customers in choosing outsource vendors, the process of entering into or renewing outsourcing agreements can take several. The process is further complicated by the legal and regulatory considerations of local countries. These agreements tend to cover large numbers of ATMs, so significant increases and decreases in our pool of managed ATMs could result from acquisition or termination of these management contracts. Therefore, the timing of both current and new contract revenues is uncertain and unpredictable.
Software products are an integral part of our product lines, and our investment in research, development, delivery and customer support reflects our ongoing commitment to an expanded customer base. We have been able to enter into agreements under which we contribute the right to use our software in lieu of cash as our initial capital contributions to new transaction processing joint ventures. Such contributions sometimes permit us to enter new markets without significant capital investment.

34


Table of Contents

epay Segment – The continued expansion and development of the epay Segment business will depend on various factors, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
    the ability to negotiate new agreements in additional markets with mobile phone operators, content providers, agent financial institutions and retailers;
 
    the ability to use existing expertise and relationships with mobile phone operators, content providers and retailers to our advantage;
 
    the continued use of third-party providers such as ourselves to supply electronic processing solutions for existing and additional content;
 
    the development of mobile phone networks in the markets in which we do business and the increase in the number of mobile phone users;
 
    the overall pace of growth in the prepaid mobile phone market, including consumer shifts between prepaid and postpaid services;
 
    our market share of the retail distribution capacity;
 
    the development of new technologies that may compete with POS distribution of prepaid mobile airtime;
 
    the level of commission that is paid to the various intermediaries in the electronic payment distribution chain;
 
    our ability to fully recover monies collected by retailers;
 
    our ability to add new and differentiated products in addition to those offered by mobile phone operators;
 
    the ability to take advantage of cross-selling opportunities with our Money Transfer Segment, including providing money transfer services through our distribution network; and
 
    the availability of financing for further expansion.
In all of the markets in which we operate, we are experiencing significant competition which will impact the rate at which we grow organically. Competition among prepaid mobile airtime distributors results in the increase of commissions paid to retailers and increases in retailer attrition rates. To grow, we must capture market share from other prepaid mobile airtime distributors, offer a superior product offering and demonstrate the value of a global network. In a few of the markets in which we operate, such as Brazil and the Middle East, many of the factors that may contribute to rapid growth (conversion from scratch cards to electronic distribution, growth in electronic payment products, expansion of our network of retailers and access to all mobile operators’ products) remain present.
Money Transfer Segment – The expansion and development of our money transfer business will depend on various factors, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
    the continued growth in worker migration and employment opportunities;
 
    the mitigation of economic and political factors that have had an adverse impact on money transfer volumes, such as changes in the economic sectors in which immigrants work and the developments in immigration policies in the U.S.;
 
    the continuation of the trend of increased use of electronic money transfer and bill payment services among immigrant workers and the unbanked population in our markets;
 
    the ability to maintain our agent and correspondent networks;
 
    the ability to offer our products and services or develop new products and services at competitive prices to drive increases in transactions;
 
    the development of new technologies that may compete with our money transfer network;
 
    the expansion of our services in markets where we operate and in new markets;
 
    the ability to strengthen our brands;
 
    our ability to fund working capital requirements;
 
    our ability to recover from agents funds collected from customers and our ability to recover advances made to correspondents;
 
    our ability to maintain compliance with the regulatory requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate or plan to operate;
 
    the ability to take advantage of cross-selling opportunities with the epay Segment, including providing prepaid services through RIA’s stores and agents worldwide;
 
    the ability to leverage our banking and merchant/retailer relationships to expand money transfer corridors to Europe, Asia and Africa, including high growth corridors to Central and Eastern European countries;
 
    the availability of financing for further expansion;
 
    our ability to continue to successfully integrate RIA with our other operations; and
 
    our ability to successfully expand our agent network in Europe using our Payment Services Directive license.
Like other participants in the money transfer industry, as a result of downturns in certain labor markets, the current recessionary economic environment and immigration developments, the number of money transfers from the U.S. to Mexico decreased in each of the last three years compared to respective prior years. Although the rate of decline slowed during 2010, we cannot predict how long these issues will continue to affect the U.S. market or whether other markets will experience similar issues.

35


Table of Contents

Corporate Services, Eliminations and Other – In addition to operating in our principal business segments described above, our “Corporate Services, Elimination and Other” category includes non-operating activity, certain inter-segment eliminations and the cost of providing corporate and other administrative services to the business segments, including share-based compensation expense. These services are not directly identifiable with our business segments.
The accounting policies of each segment are the same as those referenced in the summary of significant accounting policies (see Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices, to the consolidated financial statements).
For all segments, our continued expansion may involve additional acquisitions that could divert our resources and management time and require integration of new assets with our existing networks and services. Our ability to effectively manage our growth has required us to expand our operating systems and employee base, particularly at the management level, which has added incremental operating costs. An inability to continue to effectively manage expansion could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations. Inadequate technology and resources would impair our ability to maintain current processing technology and efficiencies, as well as deliver new and innovative services to compete in the marketplace.
SEGMENT REVENUES AND OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008
                                                 
    Revenues     Operating Income (Loss)  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
EFT Processing
  $ 194,875     $ 197,740     $ 205,257     $ 38,168     $ 48,190     $ 38,306  
epay
    599,023       602,075       609,106       (24,303 )     49,446       (4,659 )
Money Transfer
    244,606       232,879       231,302       13,366       (354 )     (157,150 )
 
                                   
Total
    1,038,504       1,032,694       1,045,665       27,231       97,282       (123,503 )
Corporate services and eliminations
    (235 )                 (21,962 )     (25,017 )     (25,518 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 1,038,269     $ 1,032,694     $ 1,045,665     $ 5,269     $ 72,265     $ (149,021 )
 
                                   
SUMMARY
Our annual consolidated revenues increased by 1% for 2010 compared to 2009 and decreased by 1% for 2009 from 2008. The 2010 increase was primarily due to the acquisition of a Brazilian prepaid mobile airtime distribution company now known as epay Brazil, the increase in the number of money transfers processed and the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar, largely offset by decreased commission rates in several of our epay markets and decreased ATM interchange fees in Poland. The 2009 decrease was largely the result of the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar, partly offset by growth in our business resulting from increases in transactions processed.
Our operating income for 2010, 2009 and 2008 includes non-cash goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $70.9 million, $9.9 million and $220.1 million, respectively, as discussed in Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the consolidated financial statements. Excluding the goodwill and intangible assets impairment charges, our operating income decreased 7% for 2010 from 2009 and increased 16% for 2009 over 2008. The 2010 decrease was mainly the result of lower profitability in the EFT Processing Segment, primarily related to lower ATM interchange fees in Poland, partly offset by improvements in the Money Transfer Segment driven by a greater number of transactions processed. The 2009 increase was primarily the result of growth in transaction volumes and related revenues.
Net loss attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. for 2010 was $38.4 million, or $0.75 per diluted share, compared to net income attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. for 2009 of $30.3 million, or $0.59 per diluted share, and net loss attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. of $193.5 million, or $3.93 per diluted share for 2008. In addition to the explanations above, net loss for 2008 included an $18.8 million impairment loss on investment securities and a foreign currency exchange translation loss of $9.8 million, while net income (loss) for 2010 and 2009 included foreign currency exchange translation gain (loss) of $(7.6) million and $3.9 million, respectively. Net income (loss) attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. for 2009 and 2008 included gain (loss) from discontinued operations of $0.5 million and $(1.1) million, respectively, or $0.01 and $(0.02) per diluted share, respectively.
Impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
Our revenues and local expenses are recorded in the functional currencies of our operating entities; therefore, amounts we earn are negatively impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar and positively impacted by the weaker U.S. dollar. Considering the results by country and the associated functional currency, we estimate that our 2010 operating income benefitted by approximately 2% when compared

36


Table of Contents

to 2009, while 2009 operating income was reduced by approximately 14% compared to 2008 as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The overall impact from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations was not significant to 2010. The impact of the stronger U.S. dollar during 2009 compared to 2008 generally reduced reported results in each segment in 2009. If significant, in our discussion we will refer to the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in our comparison of operating results for 2010, 2009 and 2008. To provide further perspective on the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, the following table shows the changes in values relative to the U.S. dollar during 2010 and 2009, of the currencies of the countries in which we have our most significant operations.
                                             
    Average Translation Rate        
                            2010   2009
    Year Ended   Year Ended   Year Ended   Increase   Increase
    December 31,   December 31,   December 31,   (Decrease)   (Decrease)
Currency   2010   2009   2008   Percent   Percent
Australian dollar
  $ 0.9199     $ 0.7922     $ 0.8519       16 %     (7 %)
British pound
    1.5458       1.5660       1.8528       (1 %)     (15 %)
euro
    1.3272       1.3938       1.4707       (5 %)     (5 %)
Hungarian forint
    0.0048       0.0050       0.0059       (4 %)     (15 %)
Indian rupee
    0.0219       0.0207       0.0232       6 %     (11 %)
Polish zloty
    0.3330       0.3235       0.4200       3 %     (23 %)
COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008 — BY BUSINESS SEGMENT
EFT PROCESSING SEGMENT
2010 Compared to 2009
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the EFT Processing Segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  194,875     197,740     $ (2,865 )     (1 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    92,594       83,198       9,396       11 %
Salaries and benefits
    27,259       30,302       (3,043 )     (10 %)
Selling, general and administrative
    17,393       17,437       (44 )     (0 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    19,461       18,613       848       5 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    156,707       149,550       7,157       5 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income
  $ 38,168     $ 48,190     $  (10,022 )     (21 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    794       703       91       13 %
ATMs as of December 31
    10,786       9,720       1,066       11 %
Average ATMs
    10,438       9,441       997       11 %
Revenues
Our revenues for 2010 decreased slightly when compared to 2009 primarily due to reductions in ATM interchange fee revenues in Poland beginning in the second quarter of 2010 and $4.4 million of contract termination fees recorded in 2009. These decreases were largely offset by the increase in the number of ATMs under management in Poland and India, increased ATM transaction fees in Germany and the growth in transaction volumes in Cashnet — Euronet’s shared ATM network in India.

37


Table of Contents

Average monthly revenue per ATM was $1,556 for 2010, compared to $1,745 for 2009. The decrease is generally the result of the reduction in Visa Europe and MasterCard interchange fee revenues in Poland that took effect in the second quarter of 2010. The decrease was also impacted by the non-recurring contract termination fees discussed above. Revenue per transaction was $0.25 for 2010 and $0.28 for 2009. The decrease is primarily the result of the reduction in ATM interchange fee revenues in Poland and the non-recurring contract termination fees discussed above, as well as a shift in the mix of transactions to lower priced transactions in markets such as India and Serbia and products such as our cross-border product. Partly offsetting these decreases is the increase in ATM transaction fees in Germany. We were able to increase ATM transaction fees in Germany beginning in mid-2009; however, in the first quarter of 2011, the German practice shifted to a market-driven, uncapped surcharge structure that has resulted in considerably lower ATM transaction fees. Accordingly, we expect that the EFT Processing Segment’s revenues and operating income each will be reduced by approximately $10.0 million in 2011 compared to 2010.
Our contracts in the EFT Processing Segment tend to cover large numbers of ATMs, so significant increases and decreases in our pool of managed ATMs could result from entry into or termination of these management contracts. Banks have historically been very deliberate in negotiating these agreements and have evaluated a wide range of matters when deciding to choose an outsource vendor. Generally, the process of negotiating a new agreement is subject to extensive management analysis and approvals and the process typically takes several months. Increasing consolidation in the banking industry could make this process less predictable.
Our existing contracts generally have terms of five to seven years and a number of them will expire or be up for renewal each year for the next few years. As a result, we expect to be regularly engaged in discussions with one or more of our customer banks to either renew or restructure our ATM outsourcing agreements. For contracts that we are able to renew, as was the case for certain contract renewals in prior years, we expect customers to seek rate concessions or up-front payments because of the greater availability of alternative processing solutions in many of our markets now, as compared to when we entered into the contracts.
Direct operating costs
Direct operating costs consist primarily of site rental fees, cash delivery costs, cash supply costs, maintenance, insurance, telecommunications and the cost of data center operations-related personnel, as well as the processing centers’ facility-related costs and other processing center-related expenses. The increase in direct operating costs for 2010, compared to 2009, is attributed to the increase in the number of ATMs under operation.
Gross profit
Gross profit, which is calculated as revenues less direct operating costs, decreased to $102.3 million for 2010 from $114.5 million for 2009. This decrease is mainly attributable to reduced interchange fees in Poland and the contract termination fee revenues discussed above, partly offset by the increased ATM transaction fees in Germany and gross profits from additional ATMs under management. Gross profit as a percentage of revenues (“gross margin”) was 52% for 2010 compared to 58% for 2009. The decrease in gross margin is primarily due to the previously mentioned ATM interchange fees revenue reductions and contract termination fees.
Salaries and benefits
The decrease in salaries and benefits for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to lower bonus expense related to reduced operating income. As a percentage of revenues, these costs decreased to 14.0% for 2010 compared to 15.3% for 2009.
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses were essentially flat for 2010 compared to 2009 as general cost control measures were implemented in response to the revenue pressures experienced in 2010. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses remained basically flat at 8.9% for 2010 compared to 8.8% for 2009.
Depreciation and amortization
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to the growth in the number of owned ATMs. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses increased to 10.0% for 2010 from 9.4% for 2009.
Operating income
Operating income as a percentage of revenues (“operating margin”) was 19.6% for 2010 compared to 24.4% for 2009 and operating income per transaction was $0.05 for 2010 and $0.07 for 2009. The decreases in operating income, operating margin and operating income per transaction were primarily due to the reduced ATM interchange fees in Poland and the 2009 contract termination fees described above, partly offset by more ATMs under management and the increased ATM transaction fees in Germany.

38


Table of Contents

Software sales backlog
As of December 31, 2010, the EFT Processing Segment had a software contract backlog of approximately $6.1 million compared to approximately $6.3 million as of December 31, 2009. This backlog represents software sales based on executed contracts under which we continue to have performance requirements to complete before the associated revenues are fully recognized. For our software solutions, we recognize revenues on the percentage-of-completion method based on meeting certain milestone requirements. As a result, we have not recognized all the revenues associated with these software sales contracts. We cannot give assurances that the contractual requirements will be completed or that we will be able to recognize the related revenues within the next year.
2009 Compared to 2008
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the EFT Processing Segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $ 197,740     $ 205,257     $ (7,517 )     (4 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    83,198       93,414       (10,216 )     (11 %)
Salaries and benefits
    30,302       34,944       (4,642 )     (13 %)
Selling, general and administrative
    17,437       19,398       (1,961 )     (10 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    18,613       19,195       (582 )     (3 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    149,550       166,951       (17,401 )     (10 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income
  $ 48,190     $ 38,306     $ 9,884       26 %
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    703       672       31       5 %
ATMs as of December 31
    9,720       10,128       (408 )     (4 %)
Average ATMs
    9,441       10,554       (1,113 )     (11 %)
Revenues
Our revenues for 2009 decreased when compared to 2008 due to the stronger U.S. dollar during 2009 compared to 2008 relative to most of the currencies of the countries in which we operate. Because our revenues are recorded in the functional currencies of our operating entities, amounts we earn in foreign currencies are negatively impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar. Additionally, the decrease in the number of ATMs operated, which is primarily due to expiration or termination of ATM services contracts discussed in more detail in the following paragraphs, limited our revenue growth. Offsetting these decreases were 2009 contract termination fees totaling $4.4 million and increases in revenues primarily associated with our operations in Germany, India, Poland and our software and cross-border merchant processing and acquiring businesses.
Average monthly revenue per ATM was $1,745 for 2009, compared to $1,621 for 2008. The increase is generally the result of increased ATM transaction fees in Germany, the non-recurring contract termination fees discussed above and the expiration of an ATM services contract in the U.K. at the end of the first quarter 2008, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The U.K. contract involved processing services only with very little associated costs and, therefore, had lower-than-average revenue per ATM. Revenues per transaction were $0.28 for 2009 and $0.31 for 2008. The decrease is primarily the result of the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the growth of transactions in India and China, where revenues per transaction have been historically lower than in Central and Eastern Europe, generally due to lower labor costs. During 2009, transactions on Cashnet —Euronet’s shared network in India—increased 98% when compared to 2008.
During the fourth quarter 2008 and first quarter 2009, certain customer contracts were terminated or expired, resulting in a decrease of approximately 1,700 ATMs. Most of the ATM reductions resulted from bank customers shifting their processing to related processing subsidiaries in contemplation of selling the subsidiaries to raise capital, rather than the loss of contracts to competitors. The reduction in the number of ATMs from contract terminations or expirations was partially offset during 2009 by increases in ATMs driven under new contracts, expansion of ATMs under existing contracts and the deployment of ATMs in markets where we operate Euronet-branded ATMs.

39


Table of Contents

For the contracts that expired during the fourth quarter 2008 and first quarter 2009, excluding substantial termination fees described above, we estimate that the impact to 2009 was a reduction in revenues of approximately $15 million to $16 million, resulting in reduced operating income of approximately $3 million to $4 million.
Direct operating costs
The decrease in direct operating costs for 2009, compared to 2008, is attributed to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the decrease in the number of ATMs under operation.
Gross profit
Gross profit increased to $114.5 million for 2009 from $111.8 million for 2008. This increase is mainly attributable to the increased ATM transaction fees in Germany, improved profitability in India, Poland and our cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business, and the contract termination fee revenues discussed above. Partly offsetting these increases are the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and the loss of ATM services contracts discussed above. Gross margin was 58% for 2009 compared to 54% for 2008. The increase in gross margin is primarily due to the previously mentioned contract termination fees and gross margin improvements in Germany, India and our cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business.
Salaries and benefits
The decrease in salaries and benefits for 2009 compared to 2008 is almost entirely due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar discussed above. As a percentage of revenues, these costs decreased to 15% for 2009 from 17% for 2008.
Selling, general and administrative
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. The decrease in these expenses was also impacted by the spike in expenses in the second half of 2008 following the launch of our cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 9% for 2009 and 2008.
Depreciation and amortization
The decrease in depreciation and amortization expense for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar described above, partly offset by increased depreciation associated with our cross-border merchant processing and acquiring business, as well as increased deployment of owned ATMs in Poland. As a percentage of revenues, these expenses remained flat at 9% for 2009 and 2008.
Operating income
Operating income as a percentage of revenues was 24% for 2009 compared to 19% for 2008. The increases in operating income and operating margin were primarily due to the substantial contract termination fee revenues described above and the improvements in Germany, India and our software and cross-border merchant processing and acquiring businesses, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. Operating income per transaction was $0.07 for 2009 and $0.06 for 2008.

40


Table of Contents

EPAY SEGMENT
2010 Compared to 2009
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the epay Segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $  599,023     $  602,075     $ (3,052 )     (1 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    469,293       485,305       (16,012 )     (3 %)
Salaries and benefits
    34,429       28,753       5,676       20 %
Selling, general and administrative
    31,926       23,154       8,772       38 %
Goodwill impairment
    70,925             70,925       n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    16,753       15,417       1,336       9 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    623,326       552,629       70,697       13 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income (loss)
  $ (24,303 )   $ 49,446     $  (73,749 )     n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    891       777       114       15 %
 
n/m — Not meaningful.
Revenues
The decrease in revenues for 2010 compared to 2009 was generally attributable to mobile phone operator commission rate decreases in certain markets, declines in the number of transactions processed in the U.K., Spain and Australia due to economic pressures, and changes in the mix of transactions to lower revenue transactions. These decreases were largely offset by the increase in transactions processed in Germany, Italy, India and our ATX subsidiary, the impact of the third quarter 2010 acquisition of epay Brazil and the impact of the weaker U.S. dollar compared to the Australian dollar. The epay Segment offers different types of services with associated differences in revenues and costs per transaction. Although transactions processed have increased in 2010 compared to 2009, a shift in the mix of transactions has contributed to lower revenues. However, due to a shift to transactions with higher profit margins, our gross profits have increased.
In certain markets, our revenue growth has slowed due to mobile phone operators and retailers driving competitive reductions in pricing and margins as well as overall economic conditions impacting customers’ buying decisions. We expect most of our future revenue growth to be derived from: (i) additional electronic payment products sold over the base of POS terminals, (ii) developing markets or markets in which there is organic growth in the electronic top-up sector overall, and (iii) acquisitions, if available.
Revenues per transaction decreased to $0.67 for 2010 from $0.77 for 2009, primarily due to the decrease in mobile phone operator commission rates and changes in the mix of transactions, particularly due to growth in India and our ATX subsidiary where revenues per transaction are considerably lower than average. ATX provides transaction processing services only without significant direct costs and other operating costs related to installing and managing terminals; therefore, the revenues we recognize from these transactions is a fraction of that recognized on average transactions, but with very low associated costs.
Direct operating costs
Direct operating costs in the epay Segment include the commissions we pay to retail merchants for the distribution and sale of prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payment products, as well as expenses required to operate POS terminals. The decrease in direct operating costs is generally attributable to the decrease in mobile phone operator commission revenues having been largely passed on to retail merchants resulting in lower commission costs, and changes in the mix of transactions to those with lower costs. The decrease was partly offset by the epay Brazil direct costs incurred after it was acquired in the third quarter of 2010, the increase in the number of transactions processed and the impact of the weaker U.S. dollar compared to the Australian dollar.

41


Table of Contents

Gross profit
Gross profit was $129.7 million for 2010 compared to $116.8 million for 2009. The primary causes of the increase in gross profit are the impact of the acquisition of epay Brazil, increased transaction volumes in Germany, favorable product mix changes in the U.S. and the impact of the weaker U.S. dollar compared to the Australian dollar. These increases were partly offset by transaction volume declines in the U.K. and margin pressures in Australia. Gross margin increased to 22% for 2010 from 19% for 2009, mainly due to favorable product mix changes in the U.S. and Germany. Gross profit per transaction remained flat at $0.15 for both 2010 and 2009.
Salaries and benefits
Salaries and benefits increased to $34.4 million for 2010 from $28.8 million for 2009, primarily due to the expenses incurred by epay Brazil after its 2010 acquisition and certain severance costs. As a percentage of revenues, salaries and benefits increased to 5.7% for 2010 from 4.8% for 2009.
Selling, general and administrative
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to the expenses incurred by epay Brazil after its acquisition in 2010, additional overhead to support development in growing markets, professional fees related to due diligence, recruiting and legal matters, certain rebranding and marketing expenses incurred in 2010 and increased bad debts in certain markets. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.3% for 2010 from 3.8% for 2009.
Goodwill impairment
In 2010, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $70.9 million. The fourth quarter of 2010 reflected continuing declines in profitability for certain reporting units of the epay Segment in Central and Western Europe. While these decreases were primarily driven by general economic conditions in the respective markets, recent developments led us to conclude that our ability to recover from these declines would be more difficult for our epay reporting units in the U.K., Spain and Romania. The U.K. reporting unit primarily provides prepaid mobile airtime top-up services in a mature market with limited growth for these services and it has experienced protracted declines in the volume of transactions processed. While new product offerings in the U.K. provide a significant opportunity, the dependence on top-up services is expected to hamper the unit’s overall growth. In Spain, the general economic conditions have led us to conclude that the profitability of our Spanish epay unit will grow more slowly and take longer to recover than our other European epay units. Finally, while the operating results of the Romanian epay unit improved during 2010, the unit has recently experienced strong pressure on its gross margins. In light of these developments, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $58.2 million related to the U.K., $11.2 million related to Spain and $1.5 million related to Romania. See Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of these charges.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense primarily represents amortization of acquired intangibles and the depreciation of POS terminals we install in retail stores. The increase in depreciation and amortization for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to the depreciation and amortization of epay Brazil assets since its 2010 acquisition and growth in installed POS terminals in growing markets, most significantly, Italy. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense increased slightly to 2.8% for 2010 from 2.6% for 2009.
Operating income (loss)
The decrease in operating income for 2010 compared to 2009 is mainly due to the goodwill impairment charges in 2010. Excluding the goodwill impairment charges, operating income as a percentage of revenues was 7.8% for 2010 compared to 8.2% for 2009. The decrease is primarily due to the greater salaries and benefits and selling, general and administrative expenses discussed above, partly offset by improved gross margins. Excluding the goodwill impairment charges, operating income per transaction decreased to $0.05 in 2010 from $0.06 in 2009.

42


Table of Contents

2009 Compared to 2008
The following table summarizes the results of operations for the epay Segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $  602,075     $  609,106     $ (7,031 )     (1 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    485,305       495,971       (10,666 )     (2 %)
Salaries and benefits
    28,753       28,574       179       1 %
Selling, general and administrative
    23,154       22,098       1,056       5 %
Goodwill impairment
          50,681       (50,681 )     n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    15,417       16,441       (1,024 )     (6 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    552,629       613,765        (61,136 )     (10 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income (loss)
  $ 49,446     $ (4,659 )   $ 54,105       n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    777       713       64       9 %
 
n/m — Not meaningful.
Revenues
The decrease in revenues for 2009 compared to 2008 was generally attributable to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and mobile phone operator commission rate decreases in certain markets, largely offset by the increase in total transactions processed across most of our epay Segment operations, particularly Australia, Germany and the U.S.
Revenues per transaction decreased to $0.77 for 2009 from $0.85 for 2008 primarily due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar and mobile phone operator commission rate decreases in certain markets.
Direct operating costs
The decrease in direct operating costs is generally attributable to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, partly offset by the increase in total transactions processed. Additionally, most of the decrease in mobile phone operator commission revenues discussed above was passed on to retail merchants resulting in lower commission costs.
Gross profit
Gross profit was $116.8 million for 2009 compared to $113.1 million for 2008. Gross margin remained flat at 19% for both 2009 and 2008 and gross profit per transaction was $0.15 for 2009 compared to $0.16 for 2008. Most of the reduction in gross profit per transaction is due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar.
Salaries and benefits
Salaries and benefits were relatively flat for 2009 compared to 2008 as a result of the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar largely offsetting increased costs to support development in growing markets. As a percentage of revenues, salaries and benefits increased slightly to 4.8% for 2009 from 4.7% for 2008.
Selling, general and administrative
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily due to additional overhead to support development in growing markets and increased allowance for bad debts and other balance sheet reconciliation issues in one of our operating units, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 3.8% for 2009 from 3.6% for 2008.

43


Table of Contents

Goodwill impairment
In 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $50.7 million related to the goodwill of the Spanish prepaid business. In the fourth quarter of 2008, there were severe disruptions in the credit markets and the macroeconomic business climate which caused credit, currency and stock markets to plummet. These events adversely impacted corporate valuations across most industries, all of which contributed to a significant decline in our stock price during this period. An important component of the 2008 goodwill impairment testing was the reconciliation of a company’s equity to its market capitalization. During the fourth quarter of 2008 and into 2009, our total market capitalization was less than the recorded value of the Company’s equity by an amount approaching 50% of recorded equity, creating a strong indicator of impairment for our goodwill balance. Because of these macroeconomic conditions, after incorporating assumptions that we or another purchaser would likely make into our business outlook and projections for the Spanish prepaid business, we determined that the resulting valuations were not sufficient to support the recorded value of our investment. Specifically, growth in the prepaid mobile phone business in Spain had been slower than expected and commission pressure from mobile phone operators, as well as intense competition from other prepaid processors, had reduced profitability. See Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of this charge.
Depreciation and amortization
The decrease in depreciation and amortization for 2009 compared to 2008 is almost entirely due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense decreased slightly to 2.6% for 2009 from 2.7% for 2008.
Operating income (loss)
The increase in operating income for 2009 compared to 2008 is mainly due to the goodwill impairment charge in 2008. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating income as a percentage of revenues was 8.2% for 2009 compared to 7.6% for 2008. The increase is primarily due to the growth in transactions processed. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating income per transaction remained flat at $0.06 for each of 2009 and 2008.
MONEY TRANSFER SEGMENT
2010 Compared to 2009
The following table presents the actual results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 for the Money Transfer Segment.
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $  244,606     $  232,879     $ 11,727       5 %
 
                       
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    113,913       109,867       4,046       4 %
Salaries and benefits
    59,109       54,166       4,943       9 %
Selling, general and administrative
    37,746       38,716       (970 )     (3 %)
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
          9,884       (9,884 )     n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    20,472       20,600       (128 )     (1 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    231,240       233,233       (1,993 )     (1 %)
 
                         
 
                               
Operating income (loss)
  $ 13,366     $ (354 )   $ 13,720       n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    18.8       17.6       1.2       7 %
 
n/m — Not meaningful.

44


Table of Contents

Revenues
Revenues from the Money Transfer Segment include a transaction fee for each transaction, as well as a margin earned from purchasing currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the currency to customers at retail exchange rates. The increase in revenues for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to a 7% increase in the number of transactions processed for 2010 compared to 2009, driven by an 18% increase in transfers from non-U.S. markets. For 2010, money transfers to Mexico, which represented 21% of total money transfers, decreased by 8%, while transfers to all other countries increased 11% when compared to the prior year, primarily due to the expansion of our correspondent payout networks and agent networks in non-U.S. markets. The decline in transfers to Mexico was largely the result of downturns in certain labor markets and other economic factors impacting the U.S. market, as well as immigration developments in the U.S. These issues have also resulted in certain competitors lowering transaction fees and foreign currency exchange spreads in certain markets where we do business in an attempt to limit the impact on money transfer volumes. We have generally maintained our pricing structure in response to these developments. Although the continuing decline in money transfers to Mexico slowed during 2010, we cannot predict how long these issues will continue to impact the U.S. market or whether other markets will experience similar issues and we cannot predict whether we will change our pricing strategy over the short or long term in order to protect or increase market share.
Revenues per transaction were $13.01 for 2010 compared to $13.23 for 2009. The decrease was largely the result of marginally lower spreads on foreign currency exchange margins and slightly lower average amount transferred per transaction in 2010 compared to 2009. These decreases were partly offset by the continued shift in transaction mix to non-U.S. locations, which generally have higher-than-average revenues per transaction. For 2010, 59% of our money transfers were initiated in the U.S. and 41% in non-U.S. markets. For 2009, 63% of our money transfers were initiated in the U.S. and 37% in non-U.S. markets. We expect that the U.S. will continue to represent our highest volume market; however, significant future growth is expected to be derived from the addition of new products and the expansion of our agent and correspondent networks in new and existing markets, primarily outside the U.S.
Direct operating costs
Direct operating costs in the Money Transfer Segment primarily represent commissions paid to agents that originate money transfers on our behalf and distribution agents that disburse funds to the customer’s destination beneficiary, together with less significant costs, such as telecommunication and bank fees to collect money from originating agents. The increase in direct operating costs in 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to the growth in the number of transactions processed.
Gross profit
Gross profit was $130.7 million for 2010 compared to gross profit of $123.0 million for 2009. This improvement is primarily due to the growth in the number of money transfers, the shift in transaction mix to transfers from non-U.S. sources and the addition of new products. Gross margin remained flat at 53% for 2010 and 2009.
Salaries and benefits
Salaries and benefits include salaries and commissions paid to employees, the cost of providing employee benefits, amounts paid to contract workers and accruals for incentive compensation. The increase in salaries and benefits for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to the increased expenditures we incurred to support expansion of our operations, primarily internationally. As a percentage of revenues, salaries and benefits increased to 24.2% for 2010 from 23.3% for 2009.
Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses include operations support costs, such as rent, utilities, professional fees, indirect telecommunications, advertising and other miscellaneous overhead costs. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily the result of our ability to leverage fixed operating costs while expanding the business, primarily internationally and decreased legal fees. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 15.4% for 2010 from 16.6% for 2009.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization primarily represents amortization of acquired intangibles and also includes depreciation of money transfer terminals, computers and software, leasehold improvements and office equipment. The decrease in depreciation and amortization for 2010 compared to 2009 is due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, partly offset by capital expenditures for expansion. Significant capital expenditures have not been required due to the shift in achieving expansion more through agents which requires fewer capital expenditures than expansion from adding company stores. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization decreased to 8.4% for 2010 from 8.8% for 2009.

45


Table of Contents

Operating income (loss)
The increase in operating income for 2010 compared to 2009 is mainly due to the goodwill and acquired intangible impairment charge in 2009 discussed below. Excluding this charge, operating income increased 40% in 2010 compared to 2009, which is the result of growth in the number of transactions processed, the shift in transaction mix to transfers from non-U.S. markets, the addition of new products and the leveraging of fixed costs, partly offset by increased salaries and benefits expenses to expand internationally. Operating margin, excluding the goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment charge, increased to 5.5% for 2010 from 4.1% for 2009.
2009 Compared to 2008
The following table presents the actual results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 for the Money Transfer Segment.
                                 
    Year Ended December 31,     Year-over-Year Change  
                    Increase     Increase  
                    (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2009     2008     Amount     Percent  
Total revenues
  $  232,879     $ 231,302     $ 1,577       1 %
 
                         
 
                               
Operating expenses:
                               
Direct operating costs
    109,867       114,457       (4,590 )     (4 %)
Salaries and benefits
    54,166       50,543       3,623       7 %
Selling, general and administrative
    38,716       34,673       4,043       12 %
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    9,884       169,396       (159,512 )     n/m  
Depreciation and amortization
    20,600       19,383       1,217       6 %
 
                         
 
                               
Total operating expenses
    233,233       388,452        (155,219 )     n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Operating loss
  $ (354 )   $  (157,150 )   $ 156,796       n/m  
 
                         
 
                               
Transactions processed (millions)
    17.6       16.7       0.9       5 %
 
n/m — Not meaningful.
Revenues
Revenues per transaction were $13.23 for 2009 compared to $13.85 for 2008. For 2009, 63% of our money transfers were initiated in the U.S., 33% in Europe and 4% in other countries, such as Canada and Australia. For 2008, 68% of our money transfers were initiated in the U.S., 29% in Europe and 3% in other countries.
The increase in revenues for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily due to a 5% increase in the number of transactions processed for 2009 compared to 2008, mostly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. For 2009, money transfers to Mexico, which represented 25% of total money transfers, decreased by 19%, while transfers to all other countries increased 17% when compared to the prior year primarily due to the expansion of our operations. The decline in transfers to Mexico was largely the result of downturns in certain labor markets and other economic factors impacting the U.S. market as well as immigration developments in the U.S.
Direct operating costs
The decrease in direct operating costs in 2009 compared to 2008 is due to the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, partly offset by the growth in the number of transactions processed.
Gross profit
Gross profit was $123.0 million for 2009 compared to gross profit of $116.8 million for 2008. This improvement is primarily due to the growth in the number of money transfer transactions, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar related to money transfers originated outside the U.S. Gross margin was 53% for 2009 compared to 51% for 2008. The improvement primarily reflects the strong growth in transaction volume in our higher margin non-U.S. locations.

46


Table of Contents

Salaries and benefits
The increase in salaries and benefits for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily due to the increased expenditures we incurred to support expansion of our operations, primarily internationally, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. As a percentage of revenues, salaries and benefits increased slightly to 23% for 2009 from 22% for 2008.
Selling, general and administrative
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily the result of increased expenditures to support expansion of our operations, primarily internationally, and increased professional fees for legal expenses, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 17% for 2009 from 15% in 2008.
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
In the fourth quarter of 2008, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $169.4 million related to certain goodwill and intangible assets of the RIA money transfer business. In the fourth quarter of 2008, there were severe disruptions in the credit markets and the macroeconomic business climate which caused credit, currency and stock markets to plummet. These events adversely impacted corporate valuations across most industries, all of which contributed to a significant decline in our stock price during this period. An important component of the 2008 goodwill impairment testing was the reconciliation of a company’s equity to its market capitalization. During the fourth quarter of 2008 and into 2009, our total market capitalization was less than the recorded value of the Company’s equity by an amount approaching 50% of recorded equity, creating a strong indicator of impairment for our goodwill balance. Because of these macroeconomic conditions, after incorporating assumptions that we or another purchaser would likely make into our business outlook and projections for the Money Transfer Segment, we determined that the resulting valuations were not sufficient to support the recorded value of our investment. Specifically, we experienced reductions in volumes for money transfers between the U.S. and Mexico, among other corridors, that were initially expected to continue expanding. This charge was an estimate based on the assessment performed up to the filing date of our 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K. We completed the assessment in the first quarter of 2009 and recorded an additional $9.9 million non-cash impairment charge in the first quarter of 2009. See Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of this charge.
Depreciation and amortization
The increase in depreciation and amortization for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily due to additional computer equipment in our customer service centers and increased leasehold improvements, office equipment and computer equipment for expansion of our company stores along with greater acquisition-related amortization, partly offset by the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization increased to 8.8% for 2009 from 8.4% for 2008.
Operating loss
The decrease in operating loss for 2009 compared to 2008 is mainly due to the larger goodwill and acquired intangible impairment charge in 2008 compared to 2009. Excluding these charges from both years, operating income decreased 22% in 2009 compared to 2008, which is the result of increased costs to expand internationally, increased professional fees and the negative impact of the stronger U.S. dollar, partly offset by the growth in the number of transactions processed, mainly those that originated in non-U.S. locations. Additionally, 2008 revenues and operating income included approximately $2.5 million in benefits from the favorable management of foreign exchange spreads that did not recur in 2009.

47


Table of Contents

CORPORATE SERVICES
The components of Corporate Services operating expenses for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
                                         
                            Year-over-Year Change  
                            2010     2009  
                            Increase     Increase  
    Year Ended December 31,     (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     2008     Percent     Percent  
Salaries and benefits
  $ 15,587     $ 16,226     $ 15,037       (4 %)     8 %
Selling, general and administrative
    5,559       7,398       9,249       (25 %)     (20 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    810       1,393       1,232       (42 %)     13 %
 
                                 
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
  $ 21,956     $ 25,017     $ 25,518       (12 %)     (2 %)
 
                                 
Operating expenses for Corporate Services decreased by 12% for 2010 and 2% for 2009 compared to the respective prior year. The decrease in salaries and benefits for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily the result of lower incentive compensation accruals, partly offset by higher share-based compensation and salaries. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses for 2010 compared to 2009 is due primarily to lower legal, audit and acquisition-related professional fees. The decrease in corporate depreciation and amortization for 2010 compared to 2009 is the result of a three-year enterprise-wide desk-top license becoming fully depreciated in May of 2010.
The increase in salaries and benefits for 2009 compared to 2008 is primarily the result of greater incentive compensation recorded in 2009 than in 2008. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses is due primarily to 2008 professional fees and settlement costs of $3.0 million associated with our efforts to acquire MoneyGram International, Inc. (“MoneyGram”), partly offset by increased cost for professional fees for legal and acquisition-related expenses during 2009. The increase in corporate depreciation and amortization is the result of increased amortization related to an enterprise-wide desk-top license.
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                                         
                            Year-over-Year Change  
                            2010     2009  
                            Increase     Increase  
    Year Ended December 31,     (Decrease)     (Decrease)  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     2008     Percent     Percent  
Interest income
  $ 3,237     $ 3,250     $ 10,611             (69 %)
Interest expense
    (20,447 )     (25,716 )     (36,351 )     (20 %)     (29 %)
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    1,461       1,934       1,250       (24 %)     55 %
Gain on dispute settlement
    3,110                   n/m       n/m  
Gain on sale of (impairment loss on) investment securities
          1,751       (18,760 )     n/m       n/m  
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt
          (254 )     1,425       n/m       n/m  
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (7,648 )     3,943       (9,821 )     n/m       n/m  
 
                                 
 
                                       
Total other expense, net
  $ (20,287 )   $ (15,092 )   $ (51,646 )     n/m       n/m  
 
                                 
 
n/m — Not meaningful.
Interest income
There were no significant changes in interest income for 2010 from 2009, while the decrease in interest income for 2009 from 2008 is primarily due to a decline in short-term interest rates and a decrease in average cash balances on hand during 2009. Interest income for 2008 included $1.6 million for interest related to a federal excise tax refund. Increasing average cash deposits held in our trust accounts related to the administration of customer collections and vendor remittance activities of the epay Segment have slowed the decline in interest income as the segment’s operations have grown.

48


Table of Contents

Interest expense
The decreases in interest expense for 2010 from 2009 and for 2009 from 2008 are primarily due to the repurchases of convertible debentures in late 2008 and early 2009 along with lower interest rates paid on floating-rate debt and reductions in average amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Additionally, during 2010, 2009 and 2008, we repaid $2 million, $3 million and $32 million, respectively, on our term loan. We generally borrow amounts under the revolving credit facility several times each month to fund the correspondent network in advance of collecting remittance amounts from the agency network. These borrowings are repaid over a very short period of time, generally within a few days.
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
Income from unconsolidated affiliates mainly represents the equity in income of our 40% equity investment in epay Malaysia and our 49% investment in Euronet Middle East, an EFT Processing Segment joint venture in Bahrain, and our 47% investment in Euronet Indonesia. During 2010, we made a loan to Euronet Indonesia which caused us to recognize previous unrecognized losses as our investment had been fully written off due to losses incurred. The increase in income for 2009 from 2008 is the result of increased profitability of epay Malaysia and Euronet Middle East.
Gain on dispute settlement
In 2010, we reached a settlement regarding a dispute with the sellers of RIA Envia, Inc. (“RIA”). We received 226,634 shares of Euronet stock that had been held in escrow related to the RIA acquisition. The $3.5 million fair value of the shares on the date of settlement was recorded as an addition to treasury stock and $3.1 million, net of settlement costs, was recorded as a non-operating gain.
Gain on sale of (impairment loss on) investment securities
During 2009, we sold our shares of MoneyGram stock, recognizing a $1.8 million gain. The gain resulted from the increase in the share price after the $18.8 million impairment loss recorded in 2008 due to the other-than-temporary decline in value of our investment in MoneyGram.
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt
During 2009 and 2008, we repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $25.8 million and $70.0 million, respectively, in principal amount of the 1.625% convertible debentures due 2024. Loss on early retirement of debt of $0.3 million for 2009 and the gain of $1.4 million for 2008 represent the difference in the amounts paid for the convertible debentures compared to their carrying amounts, along with the pro-rata write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the portions of the term loan that were prepaid during 2009 and 2008.
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the local currency of each of our subsidiaries give rise to foreign currency exchange gains and losses. Exchange gains and losses that result from re-measurement of these assets and liabilities are recorded in determining net income. The majority of our foreign currency gains or losses are due to the re-measurement of intercompany loans that are in a currency other than the functional currency of one of the parties to the loan. For example, we make intercompany loans based in euros from our corporate division, which is comprised of U.S. dollar functional currency entities, to certain European entities that use the euro as the functional currency. As the U.S. dollar strengthens against the euro, foreign currency losses are generated on our corporate entities because the number of euros to be received in settlement of the loans decreases in U.S. dollar terms. Conversely, in this example, in periods where the U.S. dollar weakens, our corporate entities will record foreign currency gains.
We recorded a net foreign currency exchange loss of $7.6 million for 2010, a gain of $3.9 million for 2009, and a loss of $9.8 million during 2008. In the latter part of 2008, the U.S. dollar strengthened against most European-based currencies, primarily the euro and British pound, and we, therefore, recorded realized and unrealized foreign currency exchange losses. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar continued through the first half of 2009 before weakening in the second half, resulting in net realized and unrealized gains. During 2010, the U.S. dollar strengthened compared to certain currencies, most notably the euro, and weakened compared to others, most significantly the Australian dollar. The net effect of these foreign currency rate fluctuations in 2010 was a net foreign currency exchange loss.

49


Table of Contents

INCOME TAX EXPENSE
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (15,018 )   $ 57,173     $ (200,667 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    22,899       25,836       (7,337 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (37,917 )   $ 31,337     $ (193,330 )
 
                 
 
                       
Effective income tax rate
    (152.5 %)     45.2 %     3.7 %
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (15,018 )   $ 57,173     $ (200,667 )
Adjust: Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (7,648 )     3,943       (9,821 )
Adjust: Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    (70,925 )     (9,884 )     (220,077 )
Adjust: Gain on dispute settlement
    3,110              
Adjust: Gain (loss) related to investment securities
          1,751       (18,760 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income from continuing operations before income taxes, as adjusted
  $ 60,445     $ 61,363     $ 47,991  
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 22,899     $ 25,836     $ (7,337 )
Adjust: Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    3       29       (12,896 )
Adjust: Income tax benefit attributable to goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
                (11,916 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax expense, as adjusted
  $ 22,896     $ 25,807     $ 17,475  
 
                 
 
                       
Effective income tax rate, as adjusted
    37.9 %     42.1 %     36.4 %
 
                 
We calculate our effective tax rate by dividing income tax expense by pre-tax book income. Our effective tax rates were (152.5)%, 45.2% and 3.7% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There are several factors that have caused our effective tax rates to fluctuate over the past three years. The most significant of these factors include the Company’s tax position in the U.S., the impact of foreign currency exchange translation results, the impairments for goodwill and acquired intangible assets, the gain on dispute settlement for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the gains and losses related to investment securities for the years ended December 2009 and 2008. Excluding these items from pre-tax income, as well as the related tax effects for these items, our effective tax rates were 37.9%, 42.1% and 36.4% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The increase in the effective tax rate, as adjusted, for 2010 compared to the applicable statutory rate of 35% is primarily related to our U.S. tax position. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we have recorded a valuation allowance against our U.S. federal tax net operating losses as it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Accordingly, the federal income tax benefit associated with pre-tax book losses generated by our U.S. entities has not been recognized for this period. The decrease in adjusted effective tax rate for 2010 compared to 2009 is primarily due to a $1.0 million adjustment to the reserve related to deferred tax assets generated from prior U.S. net operating losses, a $0.8 million adjustment related to a foreign tax law change recorded in 2010 and a $0.9 million reduction in unrecognized tax benefits for 2010.
The higher adjusted effective tax rate for 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily related to the Company’s tax positions in the U.S. and Spain. Due to the goodwill impairment test performed in 2008, we reviewed the impact of the adverse macroeconomic business conditions and outlook, as well as business forecasts, on the realization of our net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. Based on this information, we concluded that a valuation allowance was necessary against the deferred tax assets, including tax net operating losses, of our U.S. and Spanish operations. In 2009, the increase in the adjusted effective tax rate was the result of an inability to recognize the deferred tax benefits of tax net operating losses in Spain and an increase in operating income in higher tax rate countries.
We determine income tax expense and remit income taxes based upon enacted tax laws and regulations applicable in each of the taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business. Based on our interpretation of such laws and regulations, and considering the evidence of available facts and circumstances and baseline operating forecasts, we have accrued the estimated tax effects of certain transactions, business ventures, contractual and organizational structures, projected business unit performance, and the estimated future reversal of timing differences. Should a taxing jurisdiction change its laws and regulations or dispute our conclusions, or should

50


Table of Contents

management become aware of new facts or other evidence that could alter our conclusions, the resulting impact to our estimates could have a material adverse effect to our consolidated financial statements.
Income from continuing operations before income taxes, as adjusted, income tax expense, as adjusted and effective income tax rate, as adjusted are non-GAAP financial measures that management believes are useful for understanding why our effective tax rates are significantly different than would be expected.
OTHER
Discontinued operations, net
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we sold Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a U.K. software entity, for $6.5 million. This resulted in an after-tax gain of $0.2 million which is included in discontinued operations, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Essentis’ results of operations are shown as discontinued operations for 2008 as well.
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $0.5 million and $1.5 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively, and net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $0.9 million for 2008. Noncontrolling interests represents the elimination of net income or loss attributable to the minority shareholders’ portion of the following consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly owned:
             
    Percent    
Subsidiary   Owned   Segment
Movilcarga
    80 %   epay - Spain
e-pay SRL
    51 %   epay - Italy
ATX
    51 %   epay - various
Euronet China
    75 %   EFT - China
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
Net loss attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. was $38.4 million in 2010 compared to net income of $30.3 million in 2009 and a net loss of $193.5 million for 2008. As more fully discussed above, the decrease of $68.7 million in 2010 compared to 2009 was mainly the result of the $67.0 million decrease in operating income primarily due to the $61.0 million greater goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment charge in 2010 than in 2009. Additionally, foreign currency exchange loss increased $11.6 million, while net interest expense decreased $5.3 million, income tax expense decreased $2.9 million and other items increased net income by $1.7 million.
The increase of $223.8 million in 2009 compared to 2008 was mainly the result of the $221.3 million increase in operating income driven by the $210.2 million greater non-cash goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment charge in 2008 than in 2009. Additionally, 2008 results include $18.8 million in unrealized loss on investment securities compared to the $1.8 million gain in 2009 on sale of the same securities. Further, income tax expense increased $33.2 million and net income attributable to noncontrolling interests increased $2.4 million while foreign currency exchange gains increased $13.8 million, net interest expense decreased $3.3 million, net income from discontinued operations increased $1.5 million and other items decreased net income by $1.1 million.

51


Table of Contents

TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT
Translation gains and losses are the result of translating our foreign entities’ balance sheets from local functional currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency prior to consolidation and are recorded in comprehensive income (loss). As required by U.S. GAAP, during this translation process, asset and liability accounts are translated at current foreign currency exchange rates and equity accounts are translated at historical rates. Historical rates represent the rates in effect when the balances in our equity accounts were originally created. By using this mix of rates to convert the balance sheet from functional currency to U.S. dollars, differences between current and historical exchange rates generate this translation adjustment.
We recorded a gain (loss) on translation adjustment of ($15.4) million, $29.2 million and ($79.3) million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In the latter half of 2008, the U.S. dollar strengthened against most European-based currencies, primarily the euro and British pound, resulting in translation losses which were recorded in comprehensive income (loss). This strengthening continued until the second half of 2009 when the U.S. dollar weakened against most of those currencies, resulting in net translation gains for 2009. During 2010, the U.S. dollar strengthened compared to certain currencies and weakened compared to others and the net result was a translation loss of $15.4 million which was recorded in comprehensive income (loss).
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Working capital
As of December 31, 2010, we had working capital, which is the difference between total current assets and total current liabilities, of $156.7 million, compared to working capital of $167.0 million as of December 31, 2009. Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.27 at December 31, 2010, compared to 1.34 as of December 31, 2009. The decrease in working capital is due primarily to the acquisition of epay Brazil and the repayment of borrowings on revolving debt classified as long-term, mostly offset by the contributions from operating results.
We require substantial working capital to finance operations. The Money Transfer Segment funds the correspondent distribution network before receiving the benefit of amounts collected from customers by agents. Working capital needs increase due to weekends and international banking holidays. As a result, we may report more or less working capital for the Money Transfer Segment based solely upon the day on which the fiscal period ends. As of December 31, 2010, working capital in the Money Transfer Segment was $81.5 million. We expect that working capital needs will increase as we expand this business. The epay Segment produces positive working capital, but much of it is restricted in connection with the administration of its customer collection and vendor remittance activities. The EFT Processing Segment does not require substantial working capital.
Operating cash flows
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $108.1 million for 2010, compared to $96.1 million for 2009. The increase was primarily the result of lesser amounts paid to acquire certain customer contracts in 2010 than in 2009, as well as improved operating results as adjusted for non-cash charges.
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $96.1 million for 2009, compared to $91.2 million for 2008. The increase was primarily the result of improved operating results as adjusted for non-cash charges. Improved cash flows from fluctuations in working capital were largely offset by amounts paid to secure an exclusive, long-term distribution agreement with a vendor in Australia.
Investing activity cash flows
Cash flows used in investing activities were $55.4 million for 2010, compared to $39.8 million for 2009. Our investing activities include $33.3 million and $35.0 million for the purchase of property and equipment, software development and other long-term assets in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our acquisitions used $24.4 million and $17.2 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our investing activities for 2009 included $7.1 million in proceeds from the sale of Essentis and $3.0 million from the sale of MoneyGram common stock. Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment were $2.3 million each for 2010 and 2009.

52


Table of Contents

Cash flows used in investing activities were $39.8 million for 2009, compared to $21.3 million for 2008. Our investing activities included $35.0 million and $43.0 million for the purchase of property and equipment, software development and other long-term assets in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our acquisitions used $17.2 million and $5.4 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our investing activities for 2009 included $7.1 million in proceeds from the sale of Essentis, $3.0 million from the sale of MoneyGram common stock and $2.3 million from the sale of property and equipment. Our investing activities for 2008 included the return of $26.0 million we placed in escrow in 2007 in connection with the agreement to acquire Envios de Valores La Nacional Corp., which, ultimately, was not consummated.
Financing activity cash flows
Cash flows used in financing activities were $44.8 million during 2010, compared to $57.5 million during 2009. Our financing activities consisted primarily of net repayments of debt obligations of $45.2 million and $56.0 million for 2010 and 2009, respectively. To support the short-term cash needs of our Money Transfer Segment, we generally borrow amounts under the revolving credit facility several times each month to fund the correspondent network in advance of collecting remittance amounts from the agency network. These borrowings are repaid over a very short period of time, generally within a few days. Primarily as a result of this, during 2010 and 2009, we had a total of $144.8 million and $517.9 million in borrowings, respectively, and $184.0 million and $495.6 million in repayments, respectively, under our revolving credit facility. Our utilization of the revolving credit facility decreased in 2010 as we were able to use cash flows from operations for more of our working capital needs. During 2010 and 2009, we repurchased $1.2 million and $68.8 million, respectively, in principal amount of our 1.625% convertible debentures for $1.2 million and $68.0 million in cash, respectively. Further, we paid $2.0 million in 2010 and $3.0 million in 2009 on our term loan. Additionally, we paid $2.8 million and $7.2 million of capital lease obligations during 2010 and 2009, respectively. Finally, we paid $2.2 million of dividends to holders of noncontrolling interests in both 2010 and 2009. Other financing activities for 2009 included $1.6 million of debt issuance costs related to the amendment to our credit facility.
Cash flows used in financing activities were $57.5 million during 2009, compared to $145.7 million during 2008. Our financing activities consisted primarily of net repayments of debt obligations of $56.0 million and $146.6 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. During 2008, we repurchased $70.0 million in principal amount of our 1.625% convertible debentures for $63.4 million in cash. Additionally, we paid $32.0 million in 2008 on our term loan. We also paid $6.8 million of capital lease obligations during 2008.
Other sources of capital
Credit Facility — In connection with completing the April 2007 acquisition of RIA, we entered into a $290 million secured credit facility consisting of a $190 million seven-year term loan, which was fully drawn at closing, and a $100 million five-year revolving credit facility (together, the “Credit Facility”). The $190 million seven-year term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points or prime plus 100 basis points and requires that we repay $1.9 million of the balance each year, with the remaining balance payable at the end of the seven-year term. Up front financing costs of $4.8 million were deferred and are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans.
During April 2008, we entered into an amendment to the Credit Facility to, among other things, (i) change the definition of one of the financial covenants in the original agreement to exclude the effect of certain one-time expenses and (ii) allow for the repurchase of up to $70 million aggregate principal amount of the $140 million in Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024. During 2008, we repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $70 million in principal amount of the debentures. Additionally, we incurred costs of $0.6 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
During February 2009, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Facility to, among other things, (i) (a) grant us the ability to repurchase the remaining $70 million of outstanding 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 and (b) repurchase our 3.50% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 prior to any repurchase date using proceeds of a qualifying refinancing, the proceeds of a qualifying equity issuance or shares of common stock; (ii) revise the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and the covenant regarding maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth to exclude the effect of non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets for the periods ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter; and (iii) broaden or otherwise modify various definitions or provisions related to Indebtedness, Liens, Permitted Disposition, Debt Transactions, Investments and other matters. We incurred costs of approximately $1.6 million in connection with the amendment, which will be recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
The $100 million five-year revolving credit facility bears interest at LIBOR or prime plus a margin that adjusts each quarter based upon our Consolidated EBITDA ratio as defined in the Credit Facility agreement. We intend to use the revolving credit facility primarily to fund working capital requirements, which are expected to increase as we expand the Money Transfer business. Based on our current projected working capital requirements, we anticipate that our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our working capital needs. The revolving credit facility expires in April 2012 and we expect to be able to renegotiate or extend the agreement prior to the expiration date at acceptable terms. However, if acceptable refinancing options are unavailable, we believe that

53


Table of Contents

we have adequate cash sources to fund working capital requirements. Specifically, our revolving credit facility supports certain lines of credit, primarily with mobile phone operators, without which we would likely be required to pay the mobile phone operators more quickly. We believe our cash generated from operations and cash on hand would be adequate for us to meet any such accelerated payment terms.
We may be required to repay our obligations under the Credit Facility six months before the potential repurchase dates, the first being October 15, 2012, under our $175 million 3.50% Convertible Debentures Due 2025, unless we are able to demonstrate that either: (i) we could borrow unsubordinated funded debt equal to the principal amount of the applicable convertible debentures while remaining in compliance with the financial covenants in the Credit Facility or (ii) we will have sufficient liquidity to meet repayment requirements (as determined by the administrative agent and the lenders). These and other material terms and conditions applicable to the Credit Facility are described in the agreement governing the Credit Facility.
The term loan may be expanded by up to an additional $150 million and the revolving credit facility can be expanded by up to an additional $25 million, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions including pro forma debt covenant compliance.
As of December 31, 2010, we had borrowings of $127.0 million outstanding against the term loan. We had no borrowings and stand-by letters of credit and bank guarantees of $41.7 million outstanding against the revolving credit facility. The remaining $58.3 million under the revolving credit facility ($83.3 million if the facility were increased to $125 million) was available for borrowing. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility are being used to fund short-term working capital requirements in the U.S. and India. As of December 31, 2010, our weighted average interest rate was 2.3% under the term loan, excluding amortization of deferred financing costs. Although we had no borrowings under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010, the effective interest rate in the U.S. was 1.5%.
Short-term debt obligations – Short-term debt obligations at December 31, 2010 primarily consisted of the $1.9 million annual repayment requirement under the term loan. Certain of our subsidiaries also have available credit lines and overdraft facilities to supplement short-term working capital requirements, when necessary, and there was $0.6 million outstanding under these facilities as of December 31, 2010.
We believe that the short-term debt obligations can be funded through cash generated from operations, together with cash on hand or borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
Convertible debt – We have outstanding $175 million in principal amount of 3.50% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 that are convertible into 4.3 million shares of Euronet Common Stock at a conversion price of $40.48 per share upon the occurrence of certain events (relating to the closing prices of Euronet Common Stock exceeding certain thresholds for specified periods). We will pay contingent interest for the six-month period from October 15, 2012 through April 14, 2013 and for each six-month period thereafter from April 15 to October 14 or October 15 to April 14 if the average trading price of the debentures for the applicable five trading-day period preceding such applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the debentures. Contingent interest will equal 0.35% per annum of the average trading price of a debenture for such five trading-day periods. The debentures may not be redeemed by us until October 20, 2012 but are redeemable at par at any time thereafter. Holders of the debentures have the option to require us to purchase their debentures at par on October 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020, or upon a change in control of the Company. On the maturity date, these debentures can be settled in cash or Euronet Common Stock, at our option, at predetermined conversion rates.
Should holders of the 3.50% convertible debentures require us to repurchase their debentures on the dates outlined above, we cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient cash on hand or have acceptable financing options available to us to fund these required repurchases. An inability to be able to finance these potential repayments could have an adverse impact on our operations. These terms and other material terms and conditions applicable to the convertible debentures are set forth in the indenture agreements governing these debentures and in Note 10, Debt Obligations, to the consolidated financial statements.
Proceeds from issuance of shares and other capital contributions – We have share compensation plans that allow the Company to make grants of shares of restricted Common Stock, or options to purchase shares of Common Stock, to certain current and prospective key employees, directors and consultants. During 2010, 194,662 stock options were exercised at an average exercise price of $8.56, resulting in proceeds to us of approximately $1.7 million.
We also sponsor a qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) under which we reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for purchase under the plan by employees through payroll deductions according to specific eligibility and participation requirements. This plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Offerings commence at the beginning of each quarter and expire at the end of the quarter. Under the plan, participating employees are granted options, which immediately vest and are automatically exercised on the final date of the respective offering period. The exercise price of Common Stock options purchased is the lesser of 85% of the “fair market value” (as defined in the ESPP) of the shares on the first day of each offering or the last day of each offering. The options are funded by participating employees’ payroll deductions or cash payments.

54


Table of Contents

During 2010, we issued 46,849 shares at an average price of $16.95 per share, resulting in proceeds to us of approximately $0.8 million.
These plans are discussed further in Note 15, Stock Plans, to the consolidated financial statements.
Other uses of capital
Payment obligations related to acquisitions – We have potential contingent obligations to the former owner of the net assets of Movilcarga. Based upon presently available information, we do not believe any additional payments will be required. The seller disputed this conclusion and initiated arbitration as provided for in the purchase agreement. A global public accounting firm was engaged as an independent expert to review the results of the computation, but procedures for such review have never been commenced, principally because the seller is in a bankruptcy proceeding. Any additional payments, if ultimately determined to be owed the seller, will be recorded as additional goodwill and could be made in either cash or a combination of cash and Euronet Common Stock at our option.
Leases – We lease ATMs and other property and equipment under capital lease arrangements that expire between 2011 and 2015. The leases bear interest between 3.9% and 26.2% per year. As of December 31, 2010, we owed $4.8 million under these capital lease arrangements. The majority of these lease agreements are entered into in connection with long-term outsourcing agreements where, generally, we purchase a bank’s ATMs and simultaneously sell the ATMs to an entity related to the bank and lease back the ATMs for purposes of fulfilling the ATM outsourcing agreement with the bank. We fully recover the related lease costs from the bank under the outsourcing agreements. Generally, the leases may be canceled without penalty upon reasonable notice in the unlikely event the bank or we were to terminate the related outsourcing agreement. We expect that, if terms are acceptable, we will acquire more ATMs from banks under such outsourcing and lease agreements.
Capital expenditures and needs – Total capital expenditures for 2010 were $30.3 million, of which $1.4 million were funded through capital leases. These capital expenditures were primarily for the purchase of ATMs for deployment or to meet contractual requirements in Poland, India and China, the purchase of POS terminals for the epay and Money Transfer Segments, and office and data center computer equipment and software. Total capital expenditures for 2011 are estimated to be approximately $35 million to $45 million.
An additional $2.2 million in software development cost was capitalized during 2010 for the development and enhancement of our EFT Processing Segment software products. See Note 18, Computer Software to be Sold, to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion.
In the epay Segment, approximately 124,000 of the approximately 563,000 POS devices that we operate are Company-owned, with the remaining devices being operated as integrated cash register devices of our major retail customers or owned by the retailers. As our epay Segment expands, we will continue to add terminals in certain independent retail locations at a price of approximately $300 per terminal. We expect the proportion of owned terminals to total terminals operated to remain relatively constant.
At current and projected cash flow levels, we anticipate that cash generated from operations, together with cash on hand and amounts available under our revolving credit facility and other existing and potential future financing will be sufficient to meet our debt, leasing, contingent acquisition and capital expenditure obligations. If our capital resources are insufficient to meet these obligations, we will seek to refinance our debt and/or issue additional equity under terms acceptable to us. However, we can offer no assurances that we will be able to obtain favorable terms for the refinancing of any of our debt or other obligations or for the issuance of additional equity.
In the EFT Processing Segment, we are required to maintain ATM hardware for Euronet-owned ATMs and software for all ATMs in our network and in our processing centers in accordance with certain regulations and mandates established by local country regulatory and administrative bodies as well as EMV (Europay, MasterCard and Visa) chip card support. Additionally, as regulations change or new regulations or mandates are issued, we may have additional capital expenditures over the next few years to maintain compliance with these regulations and/or mandates. While we do not currently have plans to increase capital expenditures to expand our network of owned ATMs, we expect that if strategic opportunities become available to us, we may consider increasing future capital expenditures to expand this network in new or existing markets.
Contingencies
In the second quarter of 2009, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) served Continental Exchange Solutions, Inc. d/b/a RIA Financial Services (“CES”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, with a grand jury subpoena requesting documents from CES and its affiliates in connection with an investigation into possible price collusion related to money transmission services to the Dominican Republic (“D.R.”) during the period from January 1, 2004 to the date of the

55


Table of Contents

subpoena. We acquired all of the stock of RIA Envia, Inc., the parent of CES, in April 2007. The Company and CES are fully cooperating with the DOJ in its investigation.
We believe that, during the period covered by the DOJ investigation, CES generally derived part of its charge for exchanging U.S. dollars into D.R. pesos from a reference rate recommended by ADEREDI, a trade association in the D.R. composed of a CES subsidiary and other D.R. money transfer firms. We further believe, however, that CES set its own service fee on the D.R. transactions and its overall transaction price to customers. Customers were also free during this time period to use CES and other firms to transmit dollars into the D.R., without conversion into D.R. pesos, and we believe such transmissions occurred with increasing frequency over the course of this time period.
At this time, we are unable to predict the outcome of the DOJ investigation, or, if charges were to be brought against CES, the possible range of loss, if any, associated with the resolution of any such charges. Nor can we predict any potential effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition arising from such charges or potential collateral consequences, which could include fines, penalties, limitations on or revocation of CES’s license to engage in the money transfer business in one or more states, and civil liability. In addition, we have incurred and may continue to incur significant fees and expenses in connection with the DOJ investigation and related matters.
During 2010, CES was served with a class action lawsuit filed by a former employee for alleged wage and hour violations related to overtime and meal and rest period requirements under California law. California law regarding an employer’s obligations to provide lunch and rest periods is under review by the California Supreme Court. The proceeding is in the preliminary stages and we intend to vigorously defend the lawsuit.
Additionally, from time to time, we are a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Currently, there are no other contingencies that we believe, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Other trends and uncertainties
German EFT transaction fees – EFT transaction fees in Germany increased in mid-2009 and the higher rates were sustained through the end of 2010. However, as expected, in the first quarter of 2011 the current interbank charge structure shifted to a market-driven surcharge structure. The surcharge rates are considerably lower than previous rates and, therefore, are expected to reduce EFT Processing Segment revenues.
Stock plans
Historically, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors has awarded nonvested shares or nonvested share units (“restricted stock”) and stock options as an element of long-term management incentive compensation. The amount of future compensation expense related to awards of restricted stock is based on the market price for Euronet Common Stock at the grant date. For grants of stock options, we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or Monte Carlo simulation model for the determination of fair value for stock option grants and plan to use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model or Monte Carlo simulation model, as appropriate, for future stock option grants, if any. The grant date for stock options or restricted stock is the date at which all key terms and conditions of the grant have been determined and the Company becomes contingently obligated to transfer assets to the employee who renders the requisite service, generally the date at which grants are approved by our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof. Share-based compensation expense for awards with only service conditions is generally recognized as expense on a “straight-line” basis over the requisite service period. For certain awards with performance conditions, expense is recognized on a “graded attribution method.” The graded attribution method results in expense recognition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of an award. Expense for stock options and restricted stock is recorded as a corporate expense.
We have total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option and restricted stock awards of $25.1 million that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years.
Inflation and functional currencies
Generally, the countries in which we operate have experienced low and stable inflation in recent years. Therefore, the local currency in each of these markets is the functional currency. Due to these factors, we do not believe that inflation will have a significant effect on our results of operations or financial position. We continually review inflation and the functional currency in each of the countries where we operate.

56


Table of Contents

OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
We have certain significant off balance sheet items described below and in the following section, “Contractual Obligations” (also see Note 20, Guarantees, to the consolidated financial statements).
As of December 31, 2010, we had $97.3 million of bank guarantees issued on our behalf, of which $18.8 million are collateralized by cash deposits held by the respective issuing banks, $5.7 million are collateralized by trade accounts receivable and $41.7 million are supported by stand-by letters of credit issued against the revolving credit facility. These letters of credit reduce the amount available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility.
Each of our subsidiaries, once they reach a certain size, is required under the Credit Facility to provide a guarantee of outstanding obligations under the Credit Facility.
On occasion, we grant guarantees in support of obligations of subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, we had granted guarantees for cash in various ATM networks amounting to $20.4 million over the terms of the cash supply agreements and performance guarantees amounting to approximately $29.5 million over the terms of the agreements with the customers.
From time to time, we enter into agreements with unaffiliated parties that contain indemnification provisions, the terms of which may vary depending on the negotiated terms of each respective agreement. The amount of such obligations is not stated in the agreements. Our liability under such indemnification provisions may be subject to time and materiality limitations, monetary caps and other conditions and defenses. Such indemnity obligations include the following:
    In connection with contracts with financial institutions in the EFT Processing Segment, we are responsible for damages to ATMs and theft of ATM network cash that, generally, is not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of ATM network cash for which we were responsible was approximately $345 million. We maintain insurance policies to mitigate this exposure;
    In connection with the license of proprietary systems to customers, we provide certain warranties and infringement indemnities to the licensee, which generally warrant that such systems do not infringe on intellectual property owned by third parties and that the systems will perform in accordance with their specifications;
    We have entered into purchase and service agreements with our vendors and into consulting agreements with providers of consulting services, pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify certain of such vendors and consultants, respectively, against third-party claims arising from our use of the vendor’s product or the services of the vendor or consultant;
    In connection with acquisitions and dispositions of subsidiaries, operating units and business assets, we have entered into agreements containing indemnification provisions, which are generally described as follows: (i) in connection with acquisitions made by Euronet, we have agreed to indemnify the seller against third party claims made against the seller relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or asset and arising after the closing of the transaction, and (ii) in connection with dispositions made by us, we have agreed to indemnify the buyer against damages incurred by the buyer due to the buyer’s reliance on representations and warranties relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or business assets in the disposition agreement if such representations or warranties were untrue when made;
    We have entered into agreements with certain third parties, including banks that provide fiduciary and other services to Euronet or to our benefit plans. Under such agreements, we have agreed to indemnify such service providers for third party claims relating to the carrying out of their respective duties under such agreements; and
    In connection with our entry into the money transfer business, we have issued surety bonds in compliance with licensing requirements of the applicable governmental authorities.
We are also required to meet minimum capitalization and cash requirements of various regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we have money transfer operations. We are not aware of any significant claims made by the indemnified parties or third parties to guarantee agreements with us and, accordingly, no liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2010.

57


Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010:
                                         
    Payments due by period  
            Less than                     More than  
(in thousands)   Total     1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years  
Long-term debt obligations, including interest
  $ 322,391     $ 10,900     $ 189,270     $ 122,221     $  
Obligations under operating leases
    76,144       17,715       26,719       16,285       15,425  
Obligations under capital leases
    5,383       2,817       2,231       335        
Purchase obligations
    4,211       3,401       524       235       51  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total
  $ 408,129     $ 34,833     $ 218,744     $ 139,076     $ 15,476  
 
                             
For the purposes of the above table, our $175 million convertible debentures issued in October 2005 are considered due during 2012, representing the first year in which holders have the right to exercise their put option. Additionally, the above table only includes interest payments on these convertible debentures up to this date. Although in certain circumstances we may be required to repay our obligations under the Credit Facility six months before any potential repurchase date under our $175 million convertible debentures, the table above assumes that these circumstances will not be met and the Credit Facility will be fully repaid at maturity. However, with no borrowings under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2010, we assume there will be no amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility through its maturity. The computation of interest for debt obligations with variable interest rates reflects interest rates in effect at December 31, 2010. For additional information on debt obligations, see Note 10, Debt Obligations, to the consolidated financial statements.
For additional information on capital and operating lease obligations, see Note 12, Leases, to the consolidated financial statements.
Purchase obligations primarily consist of ATM services and maintenance as well as telecommunications services.
Our total liability for uncertain tax positions under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740-10-25 and 30 was $8.5 million as of December 31, 2010. We are not able to reasonably estimate the amount by which the liability will increase or decrease over time; however, at this time, we do not expect a significant payment related to these obligations within the next year. See Note 13, Taxes, to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make judgments, assumptions, and estimates, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain and for which the actual results will emerge over time. These judgments, assumptions and estimates affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Practices, to the consolidated financial statements describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Our most critical estimates and assumptions are used for computing income taxes, estimating the useful lives and potential impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, as well as allocating the purchase price to assets acquired in acquisitions, and revenue recognition. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The following descriptions of critical accounting policies and estimates are forward-looking statements and are impacted significantly by estimates and should be read in conjunction with Item 1A — Risk Factors. Actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements.
Accounting for income taxes
The deferred income tax effects of transactions reported in different periods for financial reporting and income tax return purposes are recorded under the liability method. This method gives consideration to the future tax consequences of deferred income or expense items and immediately recognizes changes in income tax laws upon enactment. The statement of operations effect is generally derived from changes in deferred income taxes, net of valuation allowances, on the balance sheet as measured by differences in the book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.

58


Table of Contents

We have significant tax loss carryforwards, and other temporary differences, which are recorded as deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets realizable in future periods are recorded net of a valuation allowance based on an assessment of each entity’s, or group of entities’, ability to generate sufficient taxable income within an appropriate period, in a specific tax jurisdiction.
In assessing the recognition of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. As more fully described in Note 13, Taxes, to the consolidated financial statements, gross deferred tax assets were $120.5 million as of December 31, 2010, partially offset by a valuation allowance of $79.2 million. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We make judgments and estimates on the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, historical and projected future taxable income in each country in which we operate, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.
Based upon the level of historical taxable income and current projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowance at December 31, 2010. If we have a history of generating taxable income in a certain country in which we operate, and baseline forecasts project continued taxable income in this country, we will reduce the valuation allowance for those deferred tax assets that we expect to realize.
Additionally, we follow the provisions of ASC 740-10-25 and 30 to account for uncertainty in income tax positions. Applying the standard requires substantial management judgment and use of estimates in determining whether the impact of a tax position is “more likely than not” of being sustained on audit by the relevant taxing authority. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes. It is reasonably possible that amounts reserved for potential exposure could change significantly as a result of the conclusion of tax examinations and, accordingly, materially affect our operating results.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, we allocate the acquisition purchase price to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to intangible assets acquired is supported by valuations using estimates and assumptions provided by management. For larger or more complex acquisitions, management engages an appraiser to assist in the valuation. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. As of December 31, 2010, the Consolidated Balance Sheet includes goodwill of $445.7 million and acquired intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, of $95.8 million.
In accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, on an annual basis, and whenever events or circumstances dictate, we test for impairment. Impairment tests are performed annually during the fourth quarter and are performed at the reporting unit level. Generally, fair value represents discounted projected future cash flows and potential impairment is indicated when the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its estimated fair value. If the potential for impairment exists, the fair value of the reporting unit is subsequently measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. As a result of our annual impairment tests for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008, we recorded non-cash goodwill impairment charges of $70.9 million and $228.6 million, respectively. See Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding these charges. Our annual impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2009, indicated that there were no impairments. Determining the fair value of reporting units requires significant management judgment in estimating future cash flows and assessing potential market and economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that our operations will not perform as expected, or that estimates or assumptions could change, which may result in the recording of additional material non-cash impairment charges during the year in which these determinations take place.
Impairment or disposal of long-lived assets
In accordance with ASC Topic 350, long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important which could trigger an impairment review include the following: significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the respective asset. The same estimates are also used in planning for our long- and short-range business planning and forecasting. We assess the reasonableness of the inputs and outcomes of our discounted cash flow analysis against available comparable market data. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the respective asset. Assets to be disposed are required to be separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell,

59


Table of Contents

and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are required to be presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet. Reviewing long-lived assets for impairment requires considerable judgment. Estimating the future cash flows requires significant judgment. If future cash flows do not materialize as expected or there is a future adverse change in market conditions, we may be unable to recover the carrying amount of an asset, resulting in future impairment losses.
Revenue recognition
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The majority of our revenues are comprised of monthly recurring management fees and transaction-based fees that are recognized when the transactions are processed or the services are performed. When determining the proper revenue recognition for monthly management fees and transaction-based fees, we consider the guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB 104, “Revenue Recognition,” ASC 605-45, ASC 605-25 and various other interpretations.
Certain of our noncancelable customer contracts provide for the receipt of up-front fees paid to or received from the customer and/or decreasing or increasing fee schedules over the agreement term for substantially the same level of services provided by the Company. As prescribed by SAB 101 and SAB 104, we recognize revenue under these contracts based on proportional performance of services over the term of the contract, which generally results in “straight-line” revenue recognition of the contracts’ total cash flows, including any up-front payment.
Effective January 1, 2010, we adopted the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force. ASU 2009-13 adds estimated selling price as acceptable evidence of fair value of undelivered products and services in revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Estimated selling price can be used if there is no vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of fair value. Additionally, ASU 2009-13 eliminates the use of the residual method of allocating revenue and establishes the relative selling price method as the appropriate means to allocate revenue to each deliverable of an arrangement. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not materially affect our consolidated financial statements.
Substantial management judgment and estimation is required in determining the proper revenue recognition methodology for our various revenue-producing activities, as well as the proper and consistent application of our determined methodology.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this document are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the following:
    our business plans and financing plans and requirements,
    trends affecting our business plans and financing plans and requirements,
    trends affecting our business,
    the adequacy of capital to meet our capital requirements and expansion plans,
    the assumptions underlying our business plans,
    our ability to repay indebtedness,
    business strategy,
    government regulatory action,
    technological advances, or
    projected costs and revenues.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by the words believe, expect, anticipate, intend, estimate and similar expressions.
Investors are cautioned that any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those referred to above and as set forth in Item 1A — Risk Factors.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest rate risk
In connection with completing the acquisition of RIA in April 2007, we entered into a $290 million secured syndicated credit facility consisting of a $190 million seven-year term loan, which was fully drawn at closing, and a $100 million five-year revolving credit facility, both of which accrue interest at variable rates. The credit facility may be expanded by up to an additional $150 million in term

60


Table of Contents

loans and up to an additional $25 million for the revolving line of credit, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions including pro forma debt covenant compliance.
As of December 31, 2010, our total outstanding debt was $293.4 million. Of this amount, $161.0 million, or 55% of our total debt obligations, is the accreted value of our contingent convertible debentures which accrue interest at a fixed rate of 3.5% per annum on the $175 million principal amount. Based on quoted market prices, as of December 31, 2010 the fair value of our fixed rate convertible debentures was $172.3 million, compared to a carrying value of $161.0 million.
Interest expense, including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, for our total $161.0 million in fixed rate debt totals approximately $14.1 million per year, which equates to a weighted average interest rate of 8.9% annually. Additionally, approximately $4.8 million, or 2% of our total debt obligations, relates to capitalized leases with fixed payment and interest terms that expire between 2011 and 2015.
The remaining $127.6 million, or 43%, of our total debt obligations relates to debt that accrues interest at variable rates. If we were to maintain these borrowings for one year and maximize the potential borrowings available under the revolving credit facility for one year, including the $25.0 million in potential additional expanded borrowings, a 1% increase in the applicable interest rate would result in additional annualized interest expense of approximately $2.1 million. This computation excludes the potential $150.0 million from an expanded term loan because of the limited circumstances under which the additional amounts would be available to us for borrowing. For more information regarding our debt obligations, see Note 10, Debt Obligations, to the consolidated financial statements.
Our excess cash is invested in instruments with original maturities of three months or less or in certificates of deposit that may be withdrawn at any time without penalty; therefore, as investments mature and are reinvested, the amount we earn will increase or decrease with changes in the underlying short-term interest rates.
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, 78% and 76% of our revenues, respectively, were generated in non-U.S. dollar countries. We expect to continue generating a significant portion of our revenues in countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar.
We are particularly vulnerable to fluctuations in exchange rates of the U.S. dollar to the currencies of countries in which we have significant operations, primarily to the euro, British pound, Australian dollar, Polish zloty and Indian rupee. As of December 31, 2010, we estimate that a 10% fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates would have the combined annualized effect on reported net income and working capital of approximately $25 million to $35 million. This effect is estimated by applying a 10% adjustment factor to our non-U.S. dollar results from operations, intercompany loans that generate foreign currency gains or losses and working capital balances that require translation from the respective functional currency to the U.S. dollar reporting currency. Additionally, we have other non-current, non-U.S. dollar assets and liabilities on our balance sheet that are translated to the U.S. dollar during consolidation. These items primarily represent goodwill and intangible assets recorded in connection with acquisitions in countries other than the U.S. We estimate that a 10% fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates would have a non-cash impact on total comprehensive income of approximately $35 million to $45 million as a result of the change in value of these items during translation to the U.S. dollar. For the fluctuations described above, a strengthening U.S. dollar produces a financial loss, while a weakening U.S. dollar produces a financial gain. We believe this quantitative measure has inherent limitations and does not take into account any governmental actions or changes in either customer purchasing patterns or our financing or operating strategies. Because a majority of our revenues and expenses is incurred in the functional currencies of our international operating entities, the profits we earn in foreign currencies are positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar and negatively impacted by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Additionally, our debt obligations are primarily in U.S. dollars; therefore, as foreign currency exchange rates fluctuate, the amount available for repayment of debt will also increase or decrease.
We are also exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk in our Money Transfer Segment. A majority of the money transfer business involves receiving and disbursing different currencies, in which we earn a foreign currency spread based on the difference between buying currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. This spread provides some protection against currency fluctuations that occur while we are holding the foreign currency. Our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is limited by the fact that disbursement occurs for the majority of transactions shortly after they are initiated. Additionally, we enter into foreign currency forward contracts primarily to help offset foreign currency exposure related to the notional value of money transfer transactions collected in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As of December 31, 2010, we had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with a notional value of $63.3 million, primarily in euros and U.S. dollars, which were not designated as hedges and mature in a weighted average of 5.3 days. The fair value of these forward contracts as of December 31, 2010 was an unrealized loss of $0.5 million, which was offset by the unrealized gain on the related foreign currency receivables.

61


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Euronet Worldwide, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
/s/ KPMG LLP
Kansas City, Missouri
February 25, 2011

62


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2010     2009  
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 187,235     $ 183,528  
Restricted cash
    108,717       73,148  
Inventory — PINs and other
    97,225       87,661  
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $14,924 at December 31, 2010 and $13,909 at December 31, 2009
    288,765       282,905  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    46,072       31,344  
 
           
Total current assets
    728,014       658,586  
 
               
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $166,094 at December 31, 2010 and $153,255 at December 31, 2009
    91,527       96,592  
Goodwill
    445,713       504,650  
Acquired intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $109,726 at December 31, 2010 and $88,924 at December 31, 2009
    95,819       112,948  
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $20,805 at December 31, 2010 and $16,866 at December 31, 2009
    48,299       39,903  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 1,409,372     $ 1,412,679  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Trade accounts payable
  $ 324,466     $ 228,768  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    218,006       225,474  
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    2,429       2,510  
Short-term debt obligations and current portion of long-term debt obligations
    2,507       3,127  
Income taxes payable
    13,177       18,379  
Deferred revenue
    10,775       13,320  
 
           
 
               
Total current liabilities
    571,360       491,578  
 
               
Debt obligations, net of current portion
    286,105       320,283  
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
    2,363       1,997  
Deferred income taxes
    21,958       23,854  
Other long-term liabilities
    8,709       8,464  
 
           
Total liabilities
    890,495       846,176  
 
           
 
               
Equity:
               
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred Stock, $0.02 par value. 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
           
Common Stock, $0.02 par value. 90,000,000 shares authorized; 51,462,195 issued at December 31, 2010 and 51,101,833 issued at December 31, 2009
    1,029       1,022  
Additional paid-in-capital
    752,209       740,990  
Treasury stock, at cost, 482,839 shares at December 31, 2010 and 241,644 shares at December 31, 2009
    (5,212 )     (1,483 )
Accumulated deficit
    (241,511 )     (203,139 )
Restricted reserve
    974       1,013  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    5,122       20,566  
 
           
Total Euronet Worldwide, Inc. stockholders’ equity
    512,611       558,969  
Noncontrolling interests
    6,266       7,534  
 
           
Total equity
    518,877       566,503  
 
           
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 1,409,372     $ 1,412,679  
 
           
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

63


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
Revenues
  $ 1,038,269     $ 1,032,694     $ 1,045,665  
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating costs
    675,571       678,370       703,842  
Salaries and benefits
    136,384       129,447       129,098  
Selling, general and administrative
    92,624       86,705       85,418  
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
    70,925       9,884       220,077  
Depreciation and amortization
    57,496       56,023       56,251  
 
                 
 
                       
Total operating expenses
    1,033,000       960,429       1,194,686  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    5,269       72,265       (149,021 )
 
                 
 
                       
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest income
    3,237       3,250       10,611  
Interest expense
    (20,447 )     (25,716 )     (36,351 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    1,461       1,934       1,250  
Gain on dispute settlement
    3,110              
Gain on sale of (impairment loss on) investment securities
          1,751       (18,760 )
Gain (loss) on early retirement of debt
          (254 )     1,425  
Foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net
    (7,648 )     3,943       (9,821 )
 
                 
 
                       
Other expense, net
    (20,287 )     (15,092 )     (51,646 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (15,018 )     57,173       (200,667 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (22,899 )     (25,836 )     7,337  
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (37,917 )     31,337       (193,330 )
 
                       
Discontinued operations, net
          475       (1,071 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    (37,917 )     31,812       (194,401 )
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (455 )     (1,495 )     935  
 
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc.
  $ (38,372 )   $ 30,317     $ (193,466 )
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. stockholders — basic:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (0.75 )   $ 0.59     $ (3.91 )
Discontinued operations
          0.01       (0.02 )
 
                 
Total
  $ (0.75 )   $ 0.60     $ (3.93 )
 
                 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    50,857,182       50,486,705       49,180,908  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. stockholders — diluted:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ (0.75 )   $ 0.58     $ (3.91 )
Discontinued operations
          0.01       (0.02 )
 
                 
Total
  $ (0.75 )   $ 0.59     $ (3.93 )
 
                 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    50,857,182       51,482,723       49,180,908  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

64


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(in thousands, except share data)
                                         
    No. of             Additional              
    Shares     Common     Paid in     Treasury     Accumulated  
    Outstanding     Stock     Capital     Stock     Deficit  
Balance at December 31, 2007
    48,952,903     $ 983     $ 719,820     $ (379 )   $ (39,990 )
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net loss
                                    (193,466 )
Translation adjustment
                                       
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps
                                       
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
                                       
Comprehensive loss
                                       
Stock issued under employee stock plans
    313,384       7       1,793       (485 )        
Share-based compensation
                    8,579                  
Settlement of contingent value rights
    1,114,550       22       (22 )                
Other
                    (263 )     80        
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2008
    50,380,837       1,012       729,907       (784 )     (233,456 )
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net income
                                    30,317  
Translation adjustment
                                       
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps
                                       
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
                                       
Reclassification adjustment related to sale of investment securities
                                       
Comprehensive income
                                       
Stock issued under employee stock plans
    479,352       10       3,148       (699 )        
Share-based compensation
                    7,933                  
Other
                    2                
 
                             
 
       
Balance at December 31, 2009
    50,860,189       1,022       740,990       (1,483 )     (203,139 )
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net income (loss)
                                    (38,372 )
Translation adjustment
                                       
Comprehensive loss
                                       
Stock issued under employee stock plans
    372,648       7       2,156       (205 )        
Share-based compensation
                    9,294                  
Dispute settlement
    (226,634 )                     (3,524 )        
Other
    (26,847 )             (231 )            
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2010
    50,979,356     $ 1,029     $ 752,209     $ (5,212 )   $ (241,511 )
 
                             
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

65


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (continued)
(in thousands)
                                         
          Accumulated Other              
          Comprehensive Income (Loss)              
          Cumulative     Other              
    Restricted     Translation     Comprehensive     Noncontrolling        
    Reserve     Adjustment     Income (Loss)     Interests     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 957     $ 70,621     $ (422 )   $ 8,975     $ 760,565  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net loss
                        (935 )     (194,401 )
Translation adjustment
        (79,261 )             (698 )     (79,959 )
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps
                  164               164  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
                (452 )             (452 )
 
                                 
Comprehensive loss
                        (1,633 )     (274,648 )
 
                                 
Stock issued under employee stock plans
                                  1,315  
Share-based compensation
                                  8,579  
Settlement of contingent value rights
                                   
Other
    39                       243       99  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2008
    996       (8,640 )     (710 )     7,585       495,910  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net income
                          1,495       31,812  
Translation adjustment
          29,206               (22 )     29,184  
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps
                  830               830  
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
                  1,631               1,631  
Reclassification adjustment related to sale of investment securities
                (1,751 )             (1,751 )
 
                                 
Comprehensive income
                          1,473       61,706  
 
                                 
Stock issued under employee stock plans
                                  2,459  
Share-based compensation
                                  7,933  
Other
    17                     (1,524 )     (1,505 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2009
    1,013       20,566             7,534       566,503  
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Net income (loss)
                        455       (37,917 )
Translation adjustment
        (15,444 )             (595 )     (16,039 )
 
                                 
Comprehensive loss
                        (140 )     (53,956 )
 
                                 
Stock issued under employee stock plans
                                  1,958  
Share-based compensation
                                  9,294  
Dispute settlement
                                (3,524 )
Other
    (39 )                     (1,128 )     (1,398 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 974     $ 5,122     $     $ 6,266     $ 518,877  
 
                             
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

66


Table of Contents

EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
Net income (loss)
  $ (37,917 )   $ 31,812     $ (194,401 )
 
                       
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    57,496       55,881       57,208  
Share-based compensation
    9,294       7,932       8,547  
Unrealized foreign exchange (gain) loss, net
    7,850       (3,875 )     9,662  
Gain on dispute settlement
    (3,110 )            
Non-cash impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets
    70,925       9,884       220,077  
(Gain on sale of) impairment loss on investment securities
          (1,751 )     18,760  
(Gain) loss on repurchase of bonds
          117       (2,504 )
Deferred income taxes
    (4,079 )     (4,179 )     (33,967 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
    (1,461 )     (1,934 )     (1,250 )
Accretion of convertible debentures discount and amortization of debt issuance costs
    8,833       11,124       15,296  
 
                       
Changes in working capital, net of amounts acquired:
                       
Income taxes payable, net
    (5,621 )     828       5,260  
Restricted cash
    (28,591 )     78,283       (46,054 )
Inventory — PINs and other
    764       (22,756 )     (19,169 )
Trade accounts receivable
    8,024       43       (21,363 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (16,518 )     9,165       1,635  
Trade accounts payable
    68,611       (29,478 )     (20,109 )
Deferred revenue
    (2,766 )     (1,946 )     1,835  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
    (19,216 )     (32,252 )     93,052  
Changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities
    (4,432 )     (10,847 )     (1,267 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    108,086       96,051       91,248  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (24,418 )     (17,171 )     (5,400 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    (29,199 )     (33,072 )     (39,710 )
Purchases of other long-term assets
    (4,055 )     (1,944 )     (3,304 )
Proceeds from sale (purchases) of investment securities
          2,981        
Proceeds from sale of net assets of subsidiary
          7,052        
Acquisition escrow
                26,000  
Other, net
    2,300       2,353       1,065  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (55,372 )     (39,801 )     (21,349 )
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of shares
    2,116       2,108       1,379  
Borrowings from revolving credit agreements classified as non-current liabilities
    144,800       517,900       270,020  
Repayments of revolving credit agreements classified as non-current liabilities
    (183,972 )     (495,618 )     (315,061 )
Repayments of long-term debt obligations
    (3,227 )     (71,029 )     (95,375 )
Repayments of capital lease obligations
    (2,843 )     (7,216 )     (6,811 )
Cash dividends paid to noncontrolling interests stockholders
    (2,224 )     (2,222 )      
Other, net
    576       (1,378 )     118  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (44,774 )     (57,455 )     (145,730 )
 
                 
 
                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (4,233 )     2,840       (9,867 )
 
                 
 
                       
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    3,707       1,635       (85,698 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period (includes cash of discontinued operations of $552 in 2009 and $722 in 2008)
    183,528       181,893       267,591  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period (includes cash of discontinued operations of $552 in 2008)
  $ 187,235     $ 183,528     $ 181,893  
 
                 
 
                       
Interest paid during the period
  $ 11,594     $ 13,886     $ 22,124  
Income taxes paid during the period
    28,482       30,378       23,745  
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009, AND 2008
(1) ORGANIZATION
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. was established as a Delaware corporation on December 13, 1997. Euronet Worldwide, Inc. succeeded Euronet Holding N.V. as the group holding company, which was founded and established in 1994.
Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “Euronet”) is a leading global electronic payments provider. Euronet offers payment and transaction processing and distribution solutions to financial institutions, retailers, service providers and individual consumers. The Company’s primary product offerings include comprehensive automated teller machine (“ATM”), point-of-sale (“POS”) and card outsourcing services; electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payment products, and global consumer money transfer services.
(2) BASIS OF PREPARATION
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Euronet and its wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries and all significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company’s investments in companies that it does not control, but has the ability to significantly influence, are accounted for under the equity method. Euronet is not involved with any variable interest entities. Results from operations related to entities acquired during the periods covered by the consolidated financial statements are reflected from the effective date of acquisition. Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires that management make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include computing income taxes, estimating the useful lives and potential impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, as well as allocating the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions and revenue recognition. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
(3) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES
Foreign currencies
Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of a subsidiary are remeasured at rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. Resulting gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The financial statements of foreign subsidiaries where the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar are translated to U.S. dollars using (i) exchange rates in effect at period end for assets and liabilities, and (ii) weighted average exchange rates during the period for revenues and expenses. Adjustments resulting from translation of such financial statements are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of consolidated equity.
Cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments, with an original maturity of three months or less, and certificates of deposit, which may be withdrawn at any time at the discretion of the Company without penalty, to be cash equivalents.
Inventory — PINs and other
Inventory — PINs and other is valued at the lower of cost or fair market value and represents primarily prepaid personal identification number (“PIN”) inventory for prepaid mobile airtime related to the epay Segment. PIN inventory is generally managed on a specific identification basis that approximates first in, first out for the respective denomination of prepaid mobile airtime sold. Additionally, from time to time, Inventory — PINs and other may include POS terminals, mobile phone handsets and ATMs held by the Company for resale.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment acquired in acquisitions have been recorded at estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

68


Table of Contents

Depreciation is generally calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization rates are generally as follows:
     
ATMs or ATM upgrades
  5 – 7 years
Computers and software
  3 – 5 years
POS terminals
  2 – 5 years
Vehicles and office equipment
  5 years
Leasehold improvements
  Over the lesser of the lease term or estimated useful life
Goodwill and other intangible assets
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other. ASC Topic 350 requires that the Company test for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances dictate. Impairment tests are performed annually during the fourth quarter and are performed at the reporting unit level. Generally, fair value represents discounted projected future cash flows, and potential impairment is indicated when the carrying value of a reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its estimated fair value. If potential for impairment exists, the fair value of the reporting unit is subsequently measured against the fair value of its underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill, to estimate an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. See Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, for information regarding impairment charges recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Determining the fair value of reporting units requires significant management judgment in estimating future cash flows and assessing potential market and economic conditions. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s operations will not perform as expected, or that estimates or assumptions could change, which may result in the Company recording additional material non-cash impairment charges during the year in which these determinations take place.
Other Intangibles In accordance with ASC Topic 350, intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Unless otherwise noted, amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
     
Non-compete agreements
  2 – 5 years
Trademarks and trade names
  2 – 20 years
Software
  3 years
Customer relationships
  3 – 9 years
Patents
  7 years
See Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net, for additional information regarding ASC Topic 350 and the treatment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
Other assets
Other assets include deferred financing costs, investments in unconsolidated affiliates, capitalized software development costs and capitalized payments for new or renewed contracts, contract renewals and customer conversion costs. Deferred financing costs represent expenses incurred to obtain financing that have been deferred and are being amortized over the life of the loan. Euronet capitalizes initial payments for new or renewed contracts to the extent recoverable through future operations, contractual minimums and/or penalties in the case of early termination. The Company’s accounting policy is to limit the amount of capitalized costs for a given contract to the lesser of the estimated ongoing net future cash flows related to the contract or the termination fees the Company would receive in the event of early termination of the contract by the customer.
The Company accounts for investments in affiliates using the equity method of accounting when the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the affiliate. Equity losses in affiliates are generally recognized until the Company’s investment is zero. Euronet’s investments in affiliates, related to the Company’s 40% investment in epay Malaysia and 49% investment in Euronet Middle East were $5.8 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Undistributed earnings in these affiliates as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $5.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively.
Convertible debentures
The Company accounts for its convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion according to ASC 470-20-30-22 which requires the proceeds from the issuance of such convertible debt instruments to be allocated between debt and equity components so that debt is discounted to reflect the Company’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate. Further, the Company applies ASC 470-20-35-13 which requires the debt discount to be amortized over the period the convertible debt is expected to be outstanding as additional non-cash interest expense.

69


Table of Contents

Noncontrolling interests
The Company accounts for noncontrolling interests in its consolidated financial statements according to ASC 810-10-45-16 which requires noncontrolling interests to be reported as a component of equity.
Business combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value” at the acquisition date. Additionally, ASC Topic 805 requires transaction-related costs to be expensed in the period incurred.
Income taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
In accordance with ASC 740-10-25 and 30, the Company’s policy is to record estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 13, Taxes, for further discussion regarding these provisions.
Presentation of taxes collected and remitted to governmental authorities
The Company presents taxes collected and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Fair value measurements
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, regarding fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions apply whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements. See Note 17, Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements, for the required fair value disclosures.
Accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which requires that all derivative instruments be recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Primarily in the Money Transfer Segment, the Company enters into foreign currency derivative contracts, mainly forward contracts, to offset foreign currency exposure related to the notional value of money transfer settlement assets and liabilities in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These contracts are considered derivative instruments under the provisions of ASC Topic 815; however, the Company does not designate such instruments as hedges for accounting purposes. Accordingly, changes in the value of these contracts are recognized immediately as a component of foreign currency exchange gain (loss), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The impact of changes in value of these contracts, together with the impact of the change in value of the related foreign currency denominated settlement asset or liability, on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets is not significant.
During 2007, the Company entered into derivative instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk that were considered cash flow hedges under the provisions of ASC Topic 815. To qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, the details for the hedging relationship must be formally documented at the inception of the arrangement, including the Company’s hedging strategy, risk management objective, the specific risk being hedged, the derivative instrument being used, the item being hedged, an assessment of hedge effectiveness and how effectiveness will continue to be assessed and measured. For the effective portion of a cash flow hedge, changes in the value of the hedge instrument are recorded temporarily in equity as a component of other comprehensive income and then recognized as an adjustment to interest expense over the term of the hedging instrument.
Cash flows resulting from derivative instruments are classified as cash flows from operating activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The Company enters into derivative instruments with highly credit-worthy financial institutions and does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. See Note 11, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, for further discussion of derivative instruments.

70


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. The majority of the Company’s revenues are comprised of monthly recurring management fees and transaction-based fees. A description of the major components of revenue by business segment is as follows:
EFT Processing Revenues in the EFT Processing Segment are derived from primarily two sources: i) transaction and management fees from owned and outsourced ATM, POS and card processing networks; and ii) from the sale of EFT software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.
Transaction-based fees include charges for cash withdrawals, debit or credit card transactions, balance inquiries, transactions not completed because the relevant card issuer does not give authorization and prepaid mobile airtime recharges. Outsourcing services are generally billed on the basis of a fixed monthly fee per ATM, plus a transaction-based fee. Transaction-based fees are recognized at the time the transactions are processed and outsourcing management fees are recognized ratably over the contract period.
Certain of the Company’s non-cancelable customer contracts provide for the receipt of up-front fees from the customer and/or decreasing or increasing fee schedules over the agreement term for substantially the same level of services to be provided by the Company. As prescribed in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” as amended by SAB 104, “Revenue Recognition,” the Company recognizes revenue under these contracts based on proportional performance of services over the term of the contract. This generally results in “straight-line” (i.e., consistent value per period) revenue recognition of the contracts’ total cash flows, including any up-front payment received from the customer.
Revenues from the sale of EFT software solutions represent software license fees, professional installation and customization fees, ongoing software maintenance fees, hardware sales and transaction fees.
The Company recognizes professional service fee revenue in accordance with the provisions of ASC 985-605-15 and ASC 605-25. ASC 985-605-15 generally requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force. ASU 2009-13 adds estimated selling price as acceptable evidence of fair value of undelivered products and services in revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. Estimated selling price can be used if there is no vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of fair value. Additionally, ASU 2009-13 eliminates the use of the residual method of allocating revenue and establishes the relative selling price method as the appropriate means to allocate revenue to each deliverable of an arrangement. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not materially affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Revenues from software licensing agreement contracts are recognized over the professional services portion of the contract term using the percentage-of-completion method, following the guidance in ASC 605-35, as prescribed by ASC 985-605-15. This method is based on the percentage of professional service fees that are provided compared with the total estimated professional services to be provided over the entire term of the contract. The effect of changes to total estimated contract costs is recognized in the period such changes are determined and provisions for estimated losses are made in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and estimable. Revenues from software licensing agreement contracts representing newly released products deemed to have a higher than normal risk of failure during installation are recognized on a completed-contract basis whereby revenues and related costs are deferred until the contract is complete. Software maintenance revenue is recognized over the contractual period or as the maintenance-related service is performed. Revenue from the sale of hardware is generally recognized when title passes to the customer. Revenue in excess of billings on software licensing agreements was $0.9 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and is recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Billings in excess of revenue on software license agreements was $2.4 million and $2.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is recorded as deferred revenue until such time the revenue recognition criteria are met.
epay Substantially all of the revenue generated in the epay Segment is derived from commissions or processing fees associated with distribution and/or processing of prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payment products. These fees and commissions are received from mobile phone and other telecommunication operators, top-up distributors, other product vendors or distributors or from retailers. In accordance with ASC 605-45, commissions received are recognized as revenue during the period in which the Company provides the service. The portion of the commission that is paid to retailers is generally recorded as a direct operating cost. However, in circumstances where the Company has no influence over the commission paid to the retailers, those commissions are recorded as a reduction of revenue. Transactions are processed through a network of POS terminals and direct connections to the electronic payment systems of retailers. Transaction processing fees are recognized at the time the transactions are processed.

71


Table of Contents

Money Transfer In accordance with ASC 605-45, revenues for money transfer and other services represent a transaction fee in addition to a margin earned from purchasing currency at wholesale exchange rates and selling the currency to consumers at retail exchange rates. Revenues and the associated direct operating cost are recognized at the time the transaction is processed. The Company has origination and distribution agents in place, which each earn a fee for the respective service. These fees are reflected as direct operating costs.
Software capitalization
Computer software to be sold The Company applies ASC Topic 730, Research and Development, and ASC 985-20 in recording research and development costs. Research costs related to the discovery of new knowledge with the hope that such knowledge will be useful in developing a new product or service, or a new process or technique, or in bringing about significant improvement to an existing product or process, are expensed as incurred (see Note 18, Computer Software to be Sold). Development costs aimed at the translation of research findings or other knowledge into a plan or design for a new product or process, or for a significant improvement to an existing product or process, whether intended for sale or use, are capitalized on a product-by-product basis when technological feasibility is established. Capitalization of computer software costs is discontinued when the computer software product is available to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed.
Technological feasibility of computer software products is established when the Company has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications including functions, features and technical performance requirements. Technological feasibility is evidenced by the existence of a working model of the product or by completion of a detail program design. The detail program design (i) establishes that the necessary skills, hardware, and software technology are available to produce the product, (ii) is complete and consistent with the product design, and (iii) has been reviewed for high-risk development issues, with any uncertainties related to identified high-risk development issues being adequately resolved.
Capitalized software costs are included in other assets and are amortized on a product-by-product basis, equal to the greater of the amount computed using (i) the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (ii) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, generally three years at inception. Amortization commences when the product is available for general release to customers.
Software for internal use The Company also develops software for internal use. These software development costs, as well as costs incurred for significant enhancements and upgrades, are capitalized based upon ASC 350-40. Internal-use software development costs are capitalized after the preliminary project stage is completed and management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to funding a computer software project and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs incurred prior to meeting the qualifications are expensed as incurred. Capitalization ceases when the computer software project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.
Share-based compensation
The Company follows the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, for equity classified awards, which requires the determination of the fair value of the share-based compensation at the grant date and subsequent recognition of the related expense over the period in which the share-based compensation is earned (“requisite service period”).
The amount of future compensation expense related to awards of nonvested shares or nonvested share units (“restricted stock”) is based on the market price for Euronet Common Stock at the grant date. The grant date is the date at which all key terms and conditions of the grant have been determined and the Company becomes contingently obligated to transfer assets to the employee who renders the requisite service, generally the date at which grants are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee thereof. Share-based compensation expense for awards with only service conditions is generally recognized as expense on a “straight-line” basis over the requisite service period. For awards that vest based on achieving annual performance conditions, expense is recognized on a “graded attribution method.” The graded attribution method results in expense recognition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of an award. The Company has elected to use the “with and without method” when calculating the income tax benefit associated with its share-based payment arrangements. See Note 15, Stock Plans, for further disclosure.
(4) EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the respective period. Diluted earnings per share has been computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average shares outstanding during the respective period, after adjusting for the potential dilution of the assumed conversion of the Company’s convertible debentures, shares issuable in connection with acquisition obligations, options to purchase the Company’s common stock and restricted stock. For each of the years ended December 31, 2010

72


Table of Contents

and 2008, the Company incurred a net loss; therefore, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share. The following table provides the computation of diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2009:
         
    Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2009  
Computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding:
       
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    50,486,705  
Incremental shares from assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock
    996,018  
 
     
 
       
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    51,482,723  
 
     
The table includes all stock options and restricted stock that are dilutive to Euronet’s weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. The calculation of diluted earnings per share excludes stock options or shares of restricted stock that are anti-dilutive to the Company’s weighted average common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 of approximately 4,973,000, 1,730,000, and 5,046,000, respectively.
The Company has convertible debentures that, if converted, would have a potentially dilutive effect on the Company’s stock. As required by ASC Topic 260, Earnings per Share, if dilutive, the impact of the contingently issuable shares must be included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share under the “if-converted” method, regardless of whether the conditions upon which the debentures would be convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock have been met. The Company’s 3.50% debentures are convertible into 4.3 million shares of common stock only upon the occurrence of certain conditions. Under the if-converted method, the assumed conversion of the 3.50% convertible debentures was anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The Company’s remaining 1.625% convertible debentures outstanding were repurchased in January 2010 and the assumed conversion of the then-outstanding debentures was anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
(5) ACQUISITIONS
In accordance with ASC Topic 805, the Company allocates the purchase price of its acquisitions to the tangible assets, liabilities and intangible assets acquired based on fair values. Any excess purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. The fair value assigned to intangible assets acquired is supported by valuations using estimates and assumptions provided by management. Generally, for certain large acquisitions management engages an appraiser to assist in the valuation process.
Effective September 1, 2010, the Company acquired 98.8% of the common stock of Telecomnet, Inc. and its wholly owned Brazilian operating subsidiary, which expands the Company’s epay operations into South America. The purchase price of approximately $44.5 million consists of $39.5 million paid from cash on hand and $5.0 million fair value of contingent consideration at the date of acquisition. Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Company is required to pay the sellers additional consideration based upon the level of earnings achieved by Telecomnet, Inc. for 2010. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded an additional $0.7 million to record the contingent consideration at fair value which was charged to selling, general and administrative expenses. Additionally, $4.9 million in cash is being held in escrow to secure certain obligations of the sellers under the Share Purchase and Sale Agreement. As of October 29, 2010, the Company executed a short-form merger, which effectively increased its ownership percentage to 100%.

73


Table of Contents

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company also acquired the net assets of a U.S.-based money transfer company for approximately $1.0 million in cash. The following table summarizes the fair values of the acquired net assets at the respective acquisition dates:
             
    Estimated        
(dollar amounts in thousands)   Life        
Current assets
      $ 33,831  
Property and equipment
  3 - 5 years     2,412  
Customer relationships
  8 years     8,802  
Trademarks and trade names
  2 years     357  
Non-compete agreements
  2 years     580  
Goodwill
  Indefinite     27,965  
Other non-current assets
        914  
 
         
Fair value of assets
        74,861  
 
           
Current liabilities
        (24,548 )
Deferred income tax liability
        (3,747 )
Other non-current liabilities
        (1,134 )
 
         
 
           
Net assets acquired
      $ 45,432  
 
         
The Company had no material acquisitions during 2009 or 2008.
Gain on dispute settlement
In the third quarter of 2010, the Company reached a settlement regarding a dispute with the sellers of RIA Envia, Inc. (“RIA”). The Company received 226,634 shares of Euronet stock that had been held in escrow related to the RIA acquisition. The $3.5 million fair value of the shares on the date of settlement was recorded as an addition to treasury stock and $3.1 million, net of settlement costs, was recorded as a non-operating gain.
(6) RESTRICTED CASH
The restricted cash balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009  
Cash held in trust and/or cash held on behalf of others
  $ 89,188     $ 62,056  
Collateral on bank credit arrangements and other
    19,529       11,092  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 108,717     $ 73,148  
 
           
Cash held in trust and/or cash held on behalf of others is in connection with the administration of the customer collection and vendor remittance activities in the epay Segment. Amounts collected on behalf of certain mobile phone operators are deposited into a restricted cash account. The bank credit arrangements primarily represent cash collateral on deposit with commercial banks to cover guarantees.

74


Table of Contents

(7) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
The components of property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009  
ATMs
  $ 92,227     $ 94,200  
POS terminals
    43,618       39,807  
Vehicles and office equipment
    40,523       36,935  
Computers and software
    81,253       78,905  
 
           
 
    257,621       249,847  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (166,094 )     (153,255 )
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 91,527     $ 96,592  
 
           
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, including property and equipment recorded under capital leases, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $31.8 million, $30.4 million and $30.2 million, respectively.
(8) GOODWILL AND ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquired business over the estimated fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The following table summarizes intangible assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
(in thousands)   Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Customer relationships
  $ 156,755     $ 95,041     $ 153,041     $ 76,794  
Trademarks and trade names
    41,839       9,024       42,268       7,012  
Software
    5,621       4,872       5,824       4,462  
Non-compete agreements
    1,330       789       739       656  
 
                       
 
                               
Totals
  $ 205,545     $ 109,726     $ 201,872     $ 88,924  
 
                       
The following table summarizes the goodwill and amortizable intangible assets activity for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.
                         
    Amortizable             Total  
    Intangible             Intangible  
(in thousands):   Assets     Goodwill     Assets  
Balance as of January 1, 2009
  $ 125,313     $ 488,305     $ 613,618  
Increases (decreases):
                       
2009 acquisitions
    8,683       7,034       15,717  
Impairment
    (1,111 )     (8,773 )     (9,884 )
Amortization
    (23,349 )           (23,349 )
Other (primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates)
    3,412       18,084       21,496  
 
                 
 
                       
Balance as of December 31, 2009
    112,948       504,650       617,598  
 
                 
Increases (decreases):
                       
2010 acquisitions
    9,739       27,965       37,704  
Impairment
          (70,925 )     (70,925 )
Amortization
    (23,190 )           (23,190 )
Other (primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates)
    (3,678 )     (15,977 )     (19,655 )
 
                 
 
                       
Balance as of December 31, 2010
  $ 95,819     $ 445,713     $ 541,532  
 
                 

75


Table of Contents

As a result of the 2010 annual goodwill impairment test, the Company recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $70.9 million. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each year and the results from the fourth quarter of 2010 reflected continuing declines in profitability for certain reporting units of the epay Segment in Central and Western Europe. While these decreases were primarily driven by general economic conditions in the respective markets, recent developments led the Company to conclude that its ability to recover from these declines would be more difficult for its epay reporting units in the U.K., Spain and Romania. The U.K. reporting unit primarily provides prepaid mobile airtime top-up services in a mature market with limited growth for these services and it has experienced protracted declines in the volume of transactions processed. While new product offerings in the U.K. provide a significant opportunity, the dependence on top-up services is expected to hamper the unit’s overall growth. In Spain, the general economic conditions have led the Company to conclude that the profitability of its Spanish epay unit will grow more slowly and take longer to recover than its other European epay units. Finally, while the operating results of the Romanian epay unit improved during 2010, the unit has recently experienced strong pressure on its gross margins. In light of these developments, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges of $58.2 million related to the U.K., $11.2 million related to Spain and $1.5 million related to Romania. In performing the annual goodwill impairment test, management must apply judgment in determining the estimated fair value of a business and uses all available information to make these fair value determinations, including discounted projected future cash flow analysis using discount rates commensurate with the risks involved in the assets, together with comparable sales prices that the Company or another purchaser would likely pay for the respective assets.
As a result of the 2008 annual goodwill impairment test, the Company recorded an estimated non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $219.8 million. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test performed in the fourth quarter of 2008 coincided with severe disruptions in the credit markets and a macroeconomic business climate that had adverse impacts on stock markets and contributed to a significant decline in the Company’s stock price. An important key component of the 2008 goodwill impairment test was the reconciliation of the Company’s equity to market capitalization. During the fourth quarter 2008 and into 2009, the Company’s total market capitalization was less than the recorded value of the Company’s equity by an amount up to approximately 45% of recorded equity, creating a strong indicator of potential impairment of its goodwill balance.
Because of the macroeconomic conditions described above and their impacts on the Company, the Company determined that the resulting valuations were not sufficient to support the recorded value of the Company’s investments. Specifically, the Company had experienced reductions in volumes for money transfers between the U.S. and Mexico, among other corridors, which were initially expected to continue expanding. Additionally, growth in the Spanish prepaid mobile phone business in general had been slower than expected and commission pressure from mobile phone operators, as well as intense competition from other prepaid processors, had reduced profitability.
Accordingly, during the fourth quarter 2008, the Company recorded a total impairment charge related to goodwill of $219.8 million, comprised of $169.1 million related to the RIA money transfer business acquired in April 2007 and $50.7 million related to the Spanish prepaid businesses acquired in separate transactions during November 2004 and March 2005. The $219.8 million goodwill impairment charge was the Company’s best estimate of the charge as of December 31, 2008. During the first quarter of 2009, the Company completed the measurement of the impairment loss and recorded an additional $8.8 million non-cash charge.
In a related assessment in accordance with ASC 360-10-35, it was determined that certain trade names and customer relationships of the RIA money transfer business were impaired and the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.3 million in 2008 related to those assets. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company recorded a $1.1 million non-cash impairment charge related to a money transfer intangible asset.
The annual goodwill impairment test completed in the fourth quarter of 2009 resulted in no impairment charges.
Of the total goodwill balance of $445.7 million as of December 31, 2010, $241.3 million relates to the Money Transfer Segment, $179.5 million relates to the epay Segment and the remaining $24.9 million relates to the EFT Processing Segment. Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite lives was $23.2 million, $23.3 million and $24.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Estimated amortization expense on intangible assets as of December 31, 2010 with finite lives is expected to be $20.8 million for 2011, $18.3 million for 2012, $13.6 million for 2013, $10.9 million for 2014 and $5.8 million for 2015.

76


Table of Contents

(9) ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
The balances as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009  
Accrued expenses
  $ 55,601     $ 49,775  
Accrued amounts due to mobile operators
    131,194       161,444  
Money transfer settlement obligations
    30,678       13,147  
Deferred income taxes
    533       1,108  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 218,006     $ 225,474  
 
           
(10) DEBT OBLIGATIONS
Short-term debt obligations
There were $0.6 million of short-term debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2010 with a weighted average interest rate of 5.9%. There were no short-term debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2009.
Long-term debt obligations
Long-term debt obligations consist of the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009  
3.50% convertible debentures, unsecured, due 2025
  $ 161,005     $ 153,927  
Term loan, due 2014
    127,000       129,000  
Revolving credit agreements
          39,164  
1.625% convertible senior debentures, unsecured, due 2024
          1,227  
Other
          92  
 
           
 
    288,005       323,410  
 
               
Less current maturities of long-term debt obligations
    (1,900 )     (3,127 )
 
           
 
               
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 286,105     $ 320,283  
 
           
On December 15, 2004, the Company completed the sale of $140 million of 1.625% Contingent Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 (“Convertible Senior Debentures”). During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $70.0 million in principal amount of the Convertible Senior Debentures. This resulted in a $1.9 million pre-tax gain on early retirement of debt, net of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company repurchased in privately negotiated transactions $25.8 million in principal amount of the Convertible Senior Debentures which resulted in $0.2 million in pre-tax losses on early retirement of debt, net of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. Effective December 15, 2009, most of the holders of the Convertible Senior Debentures exercised their option to require the Company to purchase their debentures at par and $43.0 million in principal amount were purchased. The Company elected to redeem the remaining $1.2 million of outstanding debentures at par in January 2010, along with accrued interest at the rate of 1.625% per annum.
The 1.625% convertible debentures had principal amounts outstanding of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009. The discounts were fully amortized as of December 15, 2009. Contractual interest expense was $1 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010. Contractual interest was $0.8 million and $2.0 million and discount accretion was $2.6 million and $6.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective interest rate was 1.625% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 7.1% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
On October 4, 2005, the Company completed the sale of $175 million of 3.50% Contingent Convertible Debentures Due 2025 (“Convertible Debentures”). The Convertible Debentures have an interest rate of 3.5% per annum payable semi-annually in April and October, and are convertible into a total of 4.3 million shares of Euronet Common Stock at a conversion price of $40.48 per share if certain conditions are met (relating to the closing prices of Euronet common stock exceeding certain thresholds for specified periods). The Company will pay contingent interest, during any six-month period commencing with the period from October 15, 2012 through

77


Table of Contents

April 14, 2013, and for each six-month period thereafter for which the average trading price of the debentures for the applicable five trading-day period preceding such applicable interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the debentures. Contingent interest will equal 0.35% per annum of the average trading price of a debenture for such five trading-day periods. The Convertible Debentures may not be redeemed by the Company until October 20, 2012 but are redeemable at any time thereafter at par. Holders of the Convertible Debentures have the option to require the Company to purchase their debentures at par on October 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020, or upon a change in control of the Company. These terms and other material terms and conditions applicable to the Convertible Debentures are set forth in the indenture governing the debentures. In connection with the Convertible Debentures, the Company recorded $5.1 million in debt issuance costs, which is being amortized over seven years, the term of the initial put option by the holders of the Convertible Debentures. The Convertible Debentures are general unsecured obligations, and are subordinated in right of payment to all obligations under “Senior Debt,” which is defined to include secured credit facilities (including secured replacements, renewals or refinancings thereof, including with different lenders and in higher amounts) and will rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured obligations and senior in right of payment to all future subordinated indebtedness. The Convertible Debentures will be effectively subordinated to any existing and future secured indebtedness, with respect to any collateral securing such indebtedness and all liabilities of Euronet’s subsidiaries. The Convertible Debentures are not guaranteed by any of Euronet’s subsidiaries and, accordingly, are effectively subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of Euronet’s subsidiaries, including trade creditors. The Company and its subsidiaries are not restricted under the indenture from incurring additional secured indebtedness, Senior Debt or other additional indebtedness.
The 3.50% convertible debentures had principal amounts outstanding of $175.0 million and unamortized discounts outstanding of $14.0 million and $21.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The discount will be amortized through October 15, 2012. Contractual interest expense was $6.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Discount accretion was $7.1 million, $6.5 million and $5.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The effective interest rate was 8.4% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
In connection with the completion of the acquisition of RIA during April 2007, the Company entered into a $290 million secured syndicated credit facility consisting of a $190 million seven-year term loan, which was fully-drawn at closing, and a $100 million five-year revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). The $190 million seven-year term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 200 basis points or prime plus 100 basis points and contains a 1% per annum original principal amortization requirement, payable quarterly, with the remaining balance outstanding due in April 2014. The $100 million revolving line of credit bears interest at LIBOR or prime plus a margin that adjusts each quarter based upon the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio, and expires in April 2012. The term loan may be expanded by up to an additional $150 million and the revolving credit facility may be expanded by up to an additional $25 million, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, including pro forma debt covenant compliance. The Credit Facility contains certain mandatory prepayments, customary events of default and financial covenants, including leverage ratios. Financing costs of $4.8 million have been deferred and are being amortized over the terms of the respective loans. Euronet and certain subsidiaries have guaranteed the repayment of obligations under the Credit Facility and have granted security interests in the shares (or other equity interests) of certain subsidiaries along with a security interest in certain other personal property collateral of Euronet and certain subsidiaries. The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s borrowings under the term loan was 2.3% as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
During April 2008, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) change the definition of one of the financial covenants in the original agreement to exclude the effect of certain one-time expenses and (ii) allow for the repurchase of up to $70 million aggregate principal amount of the $140 million in Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024. The Company incurred costs of $0.6 million in connection with the amendment, which is being recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility. During February 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Facility to, among other items, (i) (a) grant the Company the ability to repurchase the remaining $70 million of outstanding 1.625% Convertible Senior Debentures Due 2024 and (b) repurchase its 3.50% Convertible Debentures Due 2025 prior to any repurchase date using proceeds of a qualifying refinancing, the proceeds of a qualifying equity issuance or shares of common stock; (ii) revise the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and the covenant regarding maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth to exclude the effect of non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets for the periods ending December 31, 2008 and thereafter; and (iii) broaden or otherwise modify various definitions of provisions related to Indebtedness, Liens, Permitted Disposition, Debt Transactions, Investments and other matters. The Company incurred costs of approximately $1.6 million in connection with the amendment, which is being recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Credit Facility.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had no borrowings and $41.7 million in stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees outstanding against the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $39.2 million in borrowing and $43.1 million in stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees outstanding against the revolving credit facility. Stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees are generally used to secure trade credit and performance obligations. The Company pays an interest rate for stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees at a rate that adjusts each quarter based upon the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio. At December 31, 2010, the stand-by letter of credit interest charges were 1.25% per annum. Because the revolving credit agreements expire beyond one year, the borrowings were classified as long-term debt obligations in the December 31, 2009 Consolidated Balance Sheet. The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s borrowings under the revolving credit facility was 1.6% as of December 31, 2009.

78


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company repaid $2.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of the term loan, portions of which represented prepayments of amounts not yet due.
As of December 31, 2010, aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt are $1.9 million in 2011, $176.9 million in 2012, $1.9 million in 2013 and $121.3 million in 2014. This maturity schedule reflects the term loan maturing in 2014 and the 3.5% Convertible Debentures maturing in 2012, coinciding with the terms of the initial put option by the holders of the debentures. As of December 31, 2010, no amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit agreement which matures in 2012.
(11) DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had foreign currency forward contracts outstanding with a notional value of $63.3 million and $68.2 million, respectively, primarily in euros and U.S. dollars, which were not designated as hedges and each had a weighted average maturity of 5.3 days. Although the Company enters into foreign currency forward contracts to offset foreign currency exposure primarily related to the notional value of money transfer transactions collected in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, they are not designated as hedges under ASC Topic 815. This is mainly due to the relatively short duration of the contracts, typically 1 to 14 days, and the frequency with which the Company enters into them. Due to the short duration of the contracts and the Company’s credit profile, the Company is generally not required to post collateral with respect to its foreign currency forward contracts.
The Company has an office lease in a foreign country that requires payment in a currency that is not the functional currency of either party to the lease or the Company’s reporting currency. Therefore, the lease contains an embedded derivative per ASC Topic 815 and its fair values are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During 2007, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements for a total notional amount of $50 million to manage interest rate exposure related to a portion of the term loan. The interest rate swap agreements were determined to be cash flow hedges and effectively converted $50 million of the term loan to a fixed interest rate of 7.3% through the May 2009 maturity date of the swap agreements. The swap agreements required no payment by either party at their maturities.
The required tabular disclosures for derivative instruments are as follows:
                     
        Fair Values of Derivative  
        Instruments  
        December 31,     December 31,  
    Consolidated Balance   2010     2009  
(in thousands)   Sheet Location   Asset Derivatives  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815
                   
Foreign currency derivative contracts — gross gains
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 51     $ 138  
Foreign currency derivative contracts — gross losses
  Cash and cash equivalents     (547 )     (102 )
 
               
Total
      $ (496 )   $ 36  
 
               
 
                   
        Liability Derivatives  
Embedded derivative in foreign lease
  Other long-term liabilities   $ (144 )   $ (220 )
 
               
Total derivatives
      $ (640 )   $ (184 )
 
               
                         
    Amount of Gain Recognized in OCI on Derivative  
    (Effective Portion)  
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
Derivatives in ASC Topic 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
                       
Interest rate swaps related to floating rate debt
  $     $ 830     $ 164  
 
                 

79


Table of Contents

                                 
    Location of Gain (Loss)   Amount of Gain Recognized in Income on Derivative  
    Recognized in Income on   Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   Derivative   2010     2009     2008  
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815
                               
Foreign currency derivative contracts
  Foreign currency exchange
gain (loss), net
  $ 15     $ (88 )   $ 34  
Embedded derivative in foreign lease
  Foreign currency exchange
gain (loss), net
    76       (220 )      
 
                         
Total
          $ 91     $ (308 )   $ 34  
 
                         
(12) LEASES
(a) Capital leases
The Company leases certain of its ATMs and computer equipment under capital lease agreements that expire between 2011 and 2015 and bear interest at rates between 3.9% and 26.2%. The lessors for these leases hold a security interest in the equipment leased under the respective capital lease agreements. Lease installments are paid on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. Certain leases contain a bargain purchase option at the conclusion of the lease period.
The gross amount of the ATMs and computer equipment and related accumulated amortization recorded within property and equipment and subject to capital leases as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009  
ATMs
  $ 29,866     $ 28,806  
Other
    444       1,703  
 
           
Subtotal
    30,310       30,509  
 
               
Less accumulated amortization
    (20,998 )     (21,773 )
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 9,312     $ 8,736  
 
           
Non-cash financing and investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were capital lease obligations of $1.4 million, $0.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively, incurred when the Company entered into leases primarily for new ATMs, to upgrade ATMs or for data center computer equipment.
(b) Operating leases
The Company has non-cancelable operating leases, which expire over the next thirteen years. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $30.3 million, $25.6 million and $24.6 million, respectively.

80


Table of Contents

(c) Future minimum lease payments
Future minimum lease payments under the capital leases and the non-cancelable operating leases (with initial lease terms in excess of one year) as of December 31, 2010 are:
                 
    Capital     Operating  
(in thousands)   Leases     Leases  
Year ending December 31,
               
2011
  $ 2,817     $ 17,715  
2012
    1,439       14.822  
2013
    792       11,897  
2014
    279       9,249  
2015
    56       7,036  
thereafter
          15,425  
 
           
 
               
Total minimum lease payments
    5,383     $ 76,144  
 
             
 
               
Less amounts representing interest
    (591 )        
 
             
 
               
Present value of net minimum capital lease payments
    4,792          
 
               
Less current portion of obligations under capital leases
    (2,429 )        
 
             
 
               
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion
  $ 2,363          
 
             
(13) TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax benefit (expense) is generally the result of changes in the assets and liabilities for deferred taxes.
The sources of income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented as follows:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
Income (loss) from continuing operations:
                       
United States
  $ (13,149 )   $ (5,768 )   $ (185,363 )
Europe
    (26,494 )     36,611       (25,913 )
Asia Pacific
    20,834       26,216       12,880  
Other
    3,791       114       (2,271 )
 
                 
 
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (15,018 )     57,173       (200,667 )
 
                 
 
                       
Discontinued operations — Europe
          1,222       (1,686 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (15,018 )   $ 58,395     $ (202,353 )
 
                 

81


Table of Contents

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 attributable to continuing operations consisted of the following:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
Current tax expense:
                       
U.S.
  $ (55 )   $ 1,163     $ 536  
Foreign
    26,632       28,396       24,242  
 
                 
 
                       
Total current
    26,577       29,559       24,778  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
                       
U.S.
  $ 780     $ 610     $ (25,215 )
Foreign
    (4,458 )     (4,333 )     (6,900 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total deferred
    (3,678 )     (3,723 )     (32,115 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total tax expense (benefit)
  $ 22,899     $ 25,836     $ (7,337 )
 
                 
 
       
The differences that caused Euronet’s effective income tax rates related to continuing operations to vary from the federal statutory rate applicable to our U.S tax profile, which was 35% for 2010, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:
 
       
    Year Ended December 31,  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
U.S. federal income tax expense (benefit) at applicable statutory rate
  $ (5,256 )   $ 20,010     $ (70,233 )
Tax effect of:
                       
State income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates
    555       647       (9,233 )
Non-deductible expenses
    4,785       3,705       2,501  
Share-based compensation
    (220 )     (9 )     726  
Other permanent differences
    (1,798 )     2,923       (7,820 )
Difference between U.S. federal and foreign tax rates
    (4,484 )     (6,062 )     (5,154 )
Impairment of goodwill
    20,246             20,340  
Provision in excess of foreign statutory rates
    (600 )     922       43  
Change in valuation allowance
    11,319       2,802       63,378  
Other
    (1,648 )     898       (1,885 )
 
                 
 
                       
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 22,899     $ 25,836     $ (7,337 )
 
                 
 
                       
Effective tax rate
    (152.5 )%     45.2 %     3.7 %

82


Table of Contents

The tax effect of temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities from continuing operations are as follows:
                 
    As of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Tax loss carryforwards
  $ 40,326     $ 40,100  
Share-based compensation
    5,890       5,398  
Accrued interest
    2       2,542  
Accrued expenses
    3,918       6,233  
Billings in excess of earnings
    970       1,008  
Property and equipment
    4,293       3,473  
Goodwill and intangible amortization
    46,344       48,163  
Deferred financing costs
    1,458       1,364  
Intercompany notes
    10,824       6,838  
Other
    6,448       5,255  
 
           
 
               
Gross deferred tax assets
    120,473       120,374  
 
               
Valuation allowance
    (79,195 )     (76,936 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax assets
    41,278       43,438  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangibles related to purchase accounting
    (10,396 )     (14,885 )
Tax amortizable goodwill
    (7,786 )     (4,237 )
Accrued expenses
    (3,011 )     (1,685 )
Intercompany notes
    (1,181 )     (5,754 )
Investment securities
    (33 )     (325 )
Accrued interest
    (28,319 )     (26,276 )
Earnings in excess of billings
    (374 )     (375 )
Capitalized research and development
    (1,031 )     (872 )
Property and equipment
    (1,924 )     (1,980 )
Investment in affiliates
          (885 )
Other
    (4,733 )     (4,904 )
 
           
 
               
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (58,788 )     (62,178 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (17,510 )   $ (18,740 )
 
           
Subsequently recognized tax benefits relating to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010 will be allocated to income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations with the following exceptions. The tax benefit of net operating losses generated from share based compensation have been excluded from the amounts disclosed for Tax Loss Carry Forwards and Valuation Allowance to the extent the benefit will be recognized in equity if realized. The excluded tax benefit of $20.2 million will be allocated to additional paid in capital when utilized to offset taxable income.
As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s U.S. federal and foreign tax loss carryforwards were $186.2 million, $174.1 million and $167.8 million, respectively, and U.S. state tax loss carryforwards were $57.4 million, $51.6 million and $56.4 million, respectively.
In assessing the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will only realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at December 31, 2010.

83


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, the Company had U.S. federal and foreign tax net operating loss carryforwards of $186.2 million, which will expire as follows:
                 
Year ending December 31, (in thousands)   Gross     Tax Effected  
2011
    4,344       962  
2012
    3,197       682  
2013
    6,485       1,164  
2014
    8,413       2,020  
2015
    10,480       2,266  
thereafter
    142,254       48,058  
Unlimited
    11,024       2,242  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 186,197     $ 57,394  
 
           
In addition, the Company’s state tax net operating losses of $57.4 million will expire periodically from 2011 through 2030.
No provision has been made in the accounts as of December 31, 2010 for U.S. federal income taxes which would be payable if the undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries were distributed to the Company since management has determined that the earnings are permanently reinvested. Undistributed earnings reinvested indefinitely in foreign subsidiaries aggregated $262.4 million as of December 31, 2010. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liabilities and foreign tax credits, if any, is not practicable to calculate at this time.
The Company is subject to corporate income tax audits in each of its various taxing jurisdictions. Although, the Company believes that its tax positions comply with applicable tax law, a taxing authority could take a position contrary to that reported by the Company and assess additional taxes due. The Company believes it has made adequate provisions for identified exposures.
On December 15, 2004, the Company completed the sale of $140 million of 1.625% stated interest convertible senior debentures in a private offering. Additionally, on October 4, 2005, the Company completed the sale of $175 million of 3.50% stated interest convertible debentures in a private offering. Pursuant to the rules applicable to contingent payment debt instruments, the holders are generally required to include amounts in their taxable income, and the issuer is able to deduct such amounts from its taxable income, based on the rate at which Euronet would issue a non-contingent, non-convertible, fixed-rate debt instrument with terms and conditions otherwise similar to those of the convertible debentures. Euronet has determined that amount to be 9.05% and 8.50% for the 1.625% convertible senior debentures and 3.50% convertible debentures, respectively, which is substantially in excess of the stated interest rate. In the event the convertible debentures are repurchased, redeemed, or converted at an amount less than the adjusted issue price for tax purposes, ordinary income is recognized by the Company to the extent of the prior excess tax deductions. During the tax years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company repurchased $1.2 million, $68.8 million and $70.0 million, respectively, in principal amounts of the $140.0 million of 1.625% Contingent Convertible Senior Debentures. The convertible debentures were repurchased for less than the adjusted issue price for tax purposes, resulting in the recognition of taxable income in excess of the gain recognized for book purposes on the transactions of approximately $0.5 million in 2010, $28.8 million in 2009 and $23.2 million in 2008.
An issuer of convertible debt may not deduct any premium paid upon its repurchase of such debt if the premium exceeds a normal call premium. This denial of an interest deduction, however, does not apply to accruals of interest based on the comparable yield of a convertible debt instrument. Nonetheless, the anti-abuse regulation, set forth in Section 1.1275(g) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), grants the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service authority to depart from the regulation if a result is achieved which is unreasonable in light of the original issue discount provisions of the Code, including Section 163(e). The anti-abuse regulation further provides that the Commissioner may, under this authority, treat a contingent payment feature of a debt instrument as if it were a separate position. If such an analysis were applied to the debentures described above and ultimately sustained, our deductions for these debentures could be limited to the stated interest. The scope of the application of the anti-abuse regulations is unclear. The Company believes that the application of the Contingent Debt Regulations to the debentures is a reasonable result such that the anti-abuse regulation should not apply. If a contrary position were asserted and ultimately sustained, our tax deductions would be severely diminished; however, such a contrary position would not have any adverse impact on our reported tax expense, because there has been minimal tax benefit recognized for the difference between the stated interest and the comparable yield of the debentures.

84


Table of Contents

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands):   2010     2009  
Beginning balance
  $ 9,089     $ 8,238  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    356       1,299  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    50       18  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (900 )     (466 )
Settlements
    (122 )      
 
           
 
               
Ending balance
  $ 8,473     $ 9,089  
 
           
As of both December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately $3.2 million of the unrecognized tax benefits would impact the Company’s provision for income taxes and effective tax rate, if recognized. Total estimated accrued interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes was $1.8 million and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following tax years remain open in the Company’s major jurisdictions as of December 31, 2010:
         
 
  Poland   2005 through 2010
 
  U.S. (Federal)   2000 through 2010
 
  Spain   2005 through 2010
 
  Australia   2006 through 2010
 
  U.K.   2007 through 2010
 
  Germany   2004 through 2010
The application of ASC 740-10-25 and -30 requires significant judgment in assessing the outcome of future tax examinations and their potential impact on the Company’s estimated effective tax rate and the value of deferred tax assets, such as those related to the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards. It is reasonably possible that amounts reserved for potential exposure could significantly change as a result of the conclusion of tax examinations and, accordingly, materially affect our operating results. At this time it is not possible to estimate the range of change due to the uncertainty of potential outcomes.
(14) VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Accounts receivable balances are stated net of allowance for doubtful accounts. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant write-offs. The Company records allowances for doubtful accounts when it is probable that the accounts receivable balance will not be collected. The following table provides a summary of the allowance for doubtful accounts balances and activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
Beginning balance-allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 13,909     $ 9,445     $ 6,194  
Additions-charged to expense
    6,451       6,487       3,415  
Amounts written off
    (6,008 )     (1,488 )     (794 )
Other (primarily changes in foreign currency exchange rates)
    572       (535 )     630  
 
                 
 
                       
Ending balance-allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 14,924     $ 13,909     $ 9,445  
 
                 
(15) STOCK PLANS
The Company has share compensation plans (“SCP”) that allow the Company to grant restricted shares, or options to purchase shares, of Common Stock to certain current and prospective key employees, directors and consultants of the Company. These awards generally vest over periods ranging from three to seven years from the date of grant, are generally exercisable during the shorter of a ten-year term or the term of employment with the Company. Certain stock option grants vest over a five year period, subject to the achievement of a pre-determined share price target for Euronet common stock within three years from the grant date. With the exception of certain awards made to the Company’s employees in Germany, awards under the SCP are settled through the issuance of new shares under the provisions of the SCP. For Company employees in Germany, certain awards are settled through the issuance of

85


Table of Contents

treasury shares, which also reduces the number of shares available for future issuance under the SCP. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has approximately 3.3 million in total shares remaining available for issuance under the SCP.
The Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations includes share-based compensation expense of $9.3 million, $7.9 million and $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The amounts are recorded as salaries and benefits expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company recorded a tax benefit of $0.5 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for the portion of this expense that relates to foreign tax jurisdictions in which an income tax benefit is expected to be derived.
(a) Stock options
Summary stock options activity is presented in the table below:
                                 
                    Weighted        
            Weighted     Average     Aggregate  
            Average     Remaining     Intrinsic  
    Number of     Exercise     Contractual     Value  
    Shares     Price     Term (years)     (thousands)  
Balance at December 31, 2009 (1,303,647 shares exercisable)
    3,934,549     $ 13.76                  
Granted
    1,009,212     $ 17.15                  
Exercised
    (194,662 )   $ 8.56                  
Forfeited
    (158,769 )   $ 12.53                  
Expired
    (51,586 )   $ 20.98                  
 
                             
 
                               
Balance at December 31, 2010
    4,538,744     $ 14.70       7.2     $ 12,436  
 
                             
 
                               
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
    1,739,191     $ 12.71       4.3     $ 8,226  
 
                             
 
                               
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010
    3,840,290     $ 14.54       6.9     $ 11,137  
 
                             
Options outstanding that are expected to vest are net of estimated future forfeitures. The Company received cash of $1.7 million, $2.2 million and $0.8 million in connection with stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The intrinsic value of these options exercised was $1.9 million, $1.4 million and $0.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock options that are expected to vest totaled $13.2 million and will be recognized over the next 5 years, with an overall weighted average period of 4.1 years. The following table provides the fair value of options granted under the SCP during 2010 and 2009, together with a description of the assumptions used to calculate the fair value using the Black-Scholes or Monte Carlo simulation models:
                 
    Year Ended     Year Ended  
    2010     2009  
Volatility
    43.5 %     49.0 %
Risk-free interest rate — weighted average
    2.5 %     2.9 %
Risk-free interest rate — range
  2.5% to 2.75%   2.7% to 3.3%
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %
Assumed forfeitures
    8.0 %     8.0 %
Expected lives
  5.5 years   6.9 years
Weighted-average fair value (per share)
  $ 7.42     $ 9.50  

86


Table of Contents

(b) Restricted stock
Restricted stock awards vest based on the achievement of time-based service conditions and/or performance-based conditions. For certain awards, vesting is based on the achievement of more than one condition of an award with multiple time-based and/or performance-based conditions.
Summary restricted stock activity is presented in the table below:
                 
            Weighted  
            Average Grant  
    Number of     Date Fair  
    Shares     Value  
Nonvested at December 31, 2009
    1,408,101     $ 22.27  
Granted
    277,794     $ 16.50  
Vested
    (250,628 )   $ 21.42  
Forfeited
    (356,850 )   $ 22.35  
 
             
 
               
Nonvested at December 31, 2010
    1,078,417     $ 20.47  
 
             
The fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $3.9 million, $5.2 million and $3.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, there was $6.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested time-based restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years. As of December 31, 2010, there was $5.9 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested performance-based restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized based on Company performance over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. The weighted average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $16.50, $20.81 and $15.05 per share, respectively.
(c) Employee stock purchase plans
In 2003, the Company established a qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which allows qualified employees (as defined by the plan documents) to participate in the purchase of rights to purchase designated shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price equal to the lower of 85% of the closing price at the beginning or end of each quarterly offering period. The Company reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for purchase under the ESPP. Pursuant to the ESPP, during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company issued 46,849, 49,337 and 59,983 rights, respectively, to purchase shares of Common Stock at a weighted average price per share of $16.95, $15.04 and $18.38, respectively. The grant date fair value of the option to purchase shares at the lower of the closing price at the beginning or end of the quarterly period, plus the actual total discount provided, are recorded as compensation expense. Total compensation expense recorded was $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The following table provides the weighted average fair value of the ESPP stock purchase rights during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the assumptions used to calculate the fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model:
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
Volatility — weighted average
    31.0 %     49.4 %     52.2 %
Volatility — range
  21.2% to 45.9%   22.8% to 79.6%   35.8% to 99.8%
Risk-free interest rate — weighted average
    0.15 %     0.1 %     2.1 %
Risk-free interest rate — range
  0.08% to 0.17%   0.08% to 0.22%   0.9% to 3.3%
Dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected lives
  3 months     3 months     3 months  
Weighted-average fair value (per share)
  $ 3.56     $ 3.43     $ 5.14  

87


Table of Contents

(16) BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
Euronet’s reportable operating segments have been determined in accordance with ASC 280-10. The Company currently operates in the following three reportable operating segments.
  1)   Through the EFT Processing Segment, the Company processes transactions for a network of ATMs and POS terminals across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. The Company provides comprehensive electronic payment solutions consisting of ATM network participation, outsourced ATM and POS management solutions, credit and debit card outsourcing and electronic recharge services for prepaid mobile airtime. Through this segment, the Company also offers a suite of integrated electronic financial transaction (“EFT”) software solutions for electronic payment and transaction delivery systems.
 
  2)   Through the epay Segment, the Company provides electronic distribution of prepaid mobile airtime and other electronic payments products and collection services in Europe, the Middle East, Asia Pacific, North America and South America.
 
  3)   Through the Money Transfer Segment, the Company provides global consumer-to-consumer money transfer services through a network of sending agents and Company-owned stores (primarily in North America and Europe), disbursing money transfers through a worldwide correspondent network. The Company also offers customers bill payment services, payment alternatives such as money orders and prepaid debit cards, comprehensive check cashing services and foreign currency exchange services. Bill payment services are offered primarily in the U.S.
In addition, in its administrative division, “Corporate Services, Eliminations and Other,” the Company accounts for non-operating activity, share-based compensation expense, certain intersegment eliminations and the costs of providing corporate and other administrative services to the three segments. These services are not directly identifiable with the Company’s reportable operating segments.
The following tables present the segment results of the Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
                                         
    For the year ended December 31, 2010  
                            Corporate        
                            Services,        
    EFT             Money     Eliminations        
(in thousands)   Processing     epay     Transfer     and Other     Consolidated  
Total revenues
  $ 194,875     $ 599,023     $ 244,606     $ (235 )   $ 1,038,269  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating costs
    92,594       469,293       113,913       (229 )     675,571  
Salaries and benefits
    27,259       34,429       59,109       15,587       136,384  
Selling, general and administrative
    17,393       31,926       37,746       5,559       92,624  
Goodwill impairment
          70,925                   70,925  
Depreciation and amortization
    19,461       16,753       20,472       810       57,496  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
    156,707       623,326       231,240       21,727       1,033,000  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    38,168       (24,303 )     13,366       (21,962 )     5,269  
 
                             
 
                                       
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
                                    3,237  
Interest expense
                                    (20,447 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
                                    1,461  
Gain on dispute settlement
                                    3,110  
Foreign currency exchange loss, net
                                    (7,648 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Total other expense, net
                                    (20,287 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
                                  $ (15,018 )
 
                                     
Segment assets as of December 31, 2010
  $ 209,199     $ 706,253     $ 419,796     $ 74,124     $ 1,409,372  
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2010
  $ 54,394     $ 15,780     $ 20,815     $ 538     $ 91,527  

88


Table of Contents

                                         
    For the year ended December 31, 2009  
                            Corporate        
                            Services,        
    EFT             Money     Eliminations        
(in thousands)   Processing     epay     Transfer     and Other     Consolidated  
Total revenues
  $ 197,740     $ 602,075     $ 232,879     $     $ 1,032,694  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating costs
    83,198       485,305       109,867             678,370  
Salaries and benefits
    30,302       28,753       54,166       16,226       129,447  
Selling, general and administrative
    17,437       23,154       38,716       7,398       86,705  
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
                9,884             9,884  
Depreciation and amortization
    18,613       15,417       20,600       1,393       56,023  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
    149,550       552,629       233,233       25,017       960,429  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    48,190       49,446       (354 )     (25,017 )     72,265  
 
                             
 
                                       
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
                                    3,250  
Interest expense
                                    (25,716 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
                                    1,934  
Gain on sale of investment securities
                                    1,751  
Loss on early retirement of debt
                                    (254 )
Foreign currency exchange gain, net
                                    3,943  
 
                                     
 
                                       
Total other expense, net
                                    (15,092 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
                                  $ 57,173  
 
                                     
Segment assets as of December 31, 2009
  $ 224,737     $ 686,988     $ 436,111     $ 64,843     $ 1,412,679  
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2009
  $ 61,817     $ 14,965     $ 19,139     $ 671     $ 96,592  

89


Table of Contents

                                         
    For the year ended December 31, 2008  
                            Corporate        
                            Services,        
    EFT             Money     Eliminations        
(in thousands)   Processing     epay     Transfer     and Other     Consolidated  
Total revenues
  $ 205,257     $ 609,106     $ 231,302     $     $ 1,045,665  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating costs
    93,414       495,971       114,457             703,842  
Salaries and benefits
    34,944       28,574       50,543       15,037       129,098  
Selling, general and administrative
    19,398       22,098       34,673       9,249       85,418  
Goodwill and acquired intangible assets impairment
          50,681       169,396             220,077  
 
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    19,195       16,441       19,383       1,232       56,251  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total operating expenses
    166,951       613,765       388,452       25,518       1,194,686  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    38,306       (4,659 )     (157,150 )     (25,518 )     (149,021 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
                                    10,611  
Interest expense
                                    (36,351 )
Income from unconsolidated affiliates
                                    1,250  
Impairment loss on investment securities
                                    (18,760 )
Gain on early retirement of debt
                                    1,425  
Foreign currency exchange loss, net
                                    (9,821 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Total other expense, net
                                    (51,646 )
 
                                     
 
                                       
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
                                  $ (200,667 )
 
                                     
Segment assets as of December 31, 2008
  $ 207,643     $ 681,610     $ 394,869     $ 121,522     $ 1,405,644  
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2008
  $ 57,346     $ 13,404     $ 17,184     $ 1,598     $ 89,532  
Total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and property and equipment and total assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, summarized by geographic location, were as follows:
                                                         
    Revenues     Property & Equipment, net     Total Assets  
    For the year ended December 31,     as of December 31,     as of December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2010     2009  
United States
  $ 233,089     $ 244,578     $ 252,535     $ 14,702     $ 12,537     $ 278,394     $ 261,110  
Australia
    210,469       199,805       169,663       2,155       2,120       199,479       177,901  
United Kingdom
    132,834       151,732       203,449       3,871       4,905       149,602       222,897  
Germany
    112,087       105,384       78,337       7,594       8,766       182,460       190,823  
Poland
    73,491       77,800       98,075       29,553       31,950       76,927       77,852  
Spain
    64,401       75,556       77,755       3,266       4,000       96,896       128,090  
Italy
    46,787       41,199       33,787       2,554       2,308       80,389       83,882  
India
    40,884       38,689       37,182       1,514       1,842       25,730       24,305  
Other
    124,227       97,951       94,882       26,318       28,164       319,495       245,819  
 
                                         
Total foreign
    805,180       788,116       793,130       76,825       84,055       1,130,978       1,151,569  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Total
  $ 1,038,269     $ 1,032,694     $ 1,045,665     $ 91,527     $ 96,592     $ 1,409,372     $ 1,412,679  
 
                                         
Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of the customer, with the exception of software sales made by our software subsidiary, which are attributed to the U.S.

90


Table of Contents

(17) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
(a) Concentrations of credit risk
Euronet’s credit risk primarily relates to trade accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents. Euronet’s EFT Processing Segment’s customer base includes the most significant international card organizations and certain banks in the Company’s markets. The epay Segment’s customer base is diverse and includes several major retailers and/or distributors in markets that they operate. The Money Transfer Segment trade accounts receivable are primarily due from independent agents that collect cash from customers on the Company’s behalf and generally remit the cash within one week. Euronet performs ongoing evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and limits the amount of credit extended, or purchases credit enhancement protection, when deemed necessary, but generally requires no collateral. See Note 14, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, for further disclosure.
The Company invests excess cash not required for use in operations primarily in high credit quality, short-term duration securities that the Company believes bear minimal risk.
(b) Fair value of financial instruments
The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and short-term debt obligations approximates fair value, due to their short maturities. The carrying value of the Company’s term loan due 2014 and revolving credit agreements approximate fair value because interest is based on LIBOR that resets at various intervals less than one year. The following table provides the estimated fair values of the Company’s other financial instruments, based on quoted market prices or significant other observable inputs.
                                 
    As of December 31,
    2010   2009
    Carrying           Carrying    
(in thousands)   Value   Fair Value   Value   Fair Value
3.50% convertible debentures, unsecured, due 2025
  $ 161,005     $ 172,267     $ 153,927     $ 162,313  
Foreign currency derivative contracts
    (413 )     (413 )     36       36  
Embedded derivative in foreign lease
    (144 )     (144 )     (220 )     (220 )
1.625% convertible senior debentures, unsecured, due 2024
                1,227       1,224  
The Company’s financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using significant other observable inputs are the foreign currency derivative contracts and the embedded derivative in foreign lease. The Company values foreign currency derivative contracts using foreign currency exchange quotations for similar assets and liabilities. The embedded derivative in foreign lease is valued using present value techniques and foreign currency exchange quotations.
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. During the annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company assessed the fair value of its goodwill and recorded goodwill impairment charges related to certain of its epay businesses of $70.9 million. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2009, the Company finalized the 2008 assessment of the fair value of the goodwill related to its RIA money transfer business and its Spanish prepaid business and recorded an additional impairment charge of $8.8 million. The fair values were determined using significant unobservable inputs. The $16.8 million and $258.8 million fair values of goodwill related to the respective 2010 and 2008 impaired businesses were determined by calculating the implied fair values as the excess of the fair value of the respective entity over the fair value of its net assets. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2009, management determined that an acquired intangible asset associated with a previous acquisition in the Money Transfer Segment had no value and, accordingly, the Company wrote off the remaining net book value of the intangible asset of $1.1 million. See further discussion in Note 8, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets, Net. No other assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2010 or 2009.

91


Table of Contents

(18) COMPUTER SOFTWARE TO BE SOLD
Euronet engages in software development activities to continually improve the Company’s core software products. The following table provides the detailed activity related to capitalized software development costs of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)   2010     2009     2008  
Beginning balance-capitalized development cost
  $ 2,601     $ 2,826     $ 2,078  
Additions
    2,244       1,295       2,010  
Amortization
    (1,722 )     (1,520 )     (1,262 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net capitalized development cost
  $ 3,123     $ 2,601     $ 2,826  
 
                 
Research and development costs expensed for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $1.4 million, $2.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.
(19) LITIGATION AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingencies
In the second quarter of 2009, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) served Continental Exchange Solutions, Inc. d/b/a RIA Financial Service (“CES”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, with a grand jury subpoena requesting documents from CES and its affiliates in connection with an investigation into possible price collusion related to money transmission services to the Dominican Republic (“D.R.”) during the period from January 1, 2004 to the date of the subpoena. The Company acquired all of the stock of RIA Envia, Inc., the parent of CES, in April 2007. The Company and CES are fully cooperating with the DOJ in its investigation.
The Company believes that, during the period covered by the DOJ investigation, CES generally derived part of its charge for exchanging U.S. dollars into D.R. pesos from a reference rate recommended by ADEREDI, a trade association in the D.R. composed of a CES subsidiary and other D.R. money transfer firms. The Company further believes, however, that CES set its own service fee on the D.R. transactions and its overall transaction price to customers. Customers were also free during this time period to use CES and other firms to transmit dollars into the D.R. without conversion into D.R. pesos, and the Company believes such transmissions occurred with increasing frequency over the course of this time period.
At this time, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the DOJ investigation, or, if charges were to be brought against CES, the possible range of loss, if any, associated with the resolution of any such charges. Nor can the Company predict any potential effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or financial condition arising from such charges of potential collateral consequences, which could include fines, penalties, limitations on or revocation of CES’s license to engage in the money transfer business in one or more states, and civil liability. In addition, the Company has incurred and may continue to incur significant fees and expenses in connection with the DOJ investigation and related matters.
Litigation
During 2010, CES was served with a class action lawsuit filed by a former employee for alleged wage and hour violations related to overtime and meal and rest period requirements under California law. California law regarding an employer’s obligations to provide lunch and rest periods is under review by the California Supreme Court. The proceeding is in the preliminary stages and we intend to vigorously defend the lawsuit.
In addition, from time to time, the Company is a party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business. Currently, there are no legal proceedings that management believes, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect upon the consolidated results of operations or financial condition of the Company. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company records a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case.

92


Table of Contents

(20) GUARANTEES
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $97.3 million and $60.7 million, respectively, of stand-by letters of credit/bank guarantees issued on its behalf. Of these amounts, $18.8 million and $10.7 million, respectively, are collateralized by cash deposits held by the respective issuing banks and as of December 31, 2010, $5.7 million is collateralized by trade accounts receivable.
Each of our subsidiaries, once they reach a certain size, is required under the Credit Facility to provide a guarantee of outstanding obligations under the Credit Facility.
Under certain circumstances, Euronet grants guarantees in support of obligations of subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, the Company granted off balance sheet guarantees for cash in various ATM networks amounting to $20.4 million over the terms of the cash supply agreements and performance guarantees amounting to approximately $29.5 million over the terms of the agreements with the customers.
From time to time, Euronet enters into agreements with unaffiliated parties that contain indemnification provisions, the terms of which may vary depending on the negotiated terms of each respective agreement. The amount of such potential obligations is generally not stated in the agreements. Our liability under such indemnification provisions may be mitigated by relevant insurance coverage and may be subject to time and materiality limitations, monetary caps and other conditions and defenses. Such indemnification obligations include the following:
    In connection with contracts with financial institutions in the EFT Processing Segment, the Company is responsible for damages to ATMs and theft of ATM network cash that, generally, is not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2010, the balance of ATM network cash for which the Company was responsible was approximately $345 million. The Company maintains insurance policies to mitigate this exposure;
 
    In connection with the license of proprietary systems to customers, Euronet provides certain warranties and infringement indemnities to the licensee, which generally warrant that such systems do not infringe on intellectual property owned by third parties and that the systems will perform in accordance with their specifications;
 
    Euronet has entered into purchase and service agreements with vendors and consulting agreements with providers of consulting services, pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify certain of such vendors and consultants, respectively, against third-party claims arising from the Company’s use of the vendor’s product or the services of the vendor or consultant;
 
    In connection with acquisitions and dispositions of subsidiaries, operating units and business assets, the Company has entered into agreements containing indemnification provisions, which can be generally described as follows: (i) in connection with acquisitions made by Euronet, the Company has agreed to indemnify the seller against third party claims made against the seller relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or asset and arising after the closing of the transaction, and (ii) in connection with dispositions made by Euronet, Euronet has agreed to indemnify the buyer against damages incurred by the buyer due to the buyer’s reliance on representations and warranties relating to the subject subsidiary, operating unit or business assets in the disposition agreement if such representations or warranties were untrue when made;
 
    Euronet has entered into agreements with certain third parties, including banks that provide fiduciary and other services to Euronet or to the Company’s benefit plans. Under such agreements, the Company has agreed to indemnify such service providers for third party claims relating to the carrying out of their respective duties under such agreements; and
 
    The Company has issued surety bonds in compliance with money transfer licensing requirements of the applicable governmental authorities.
The Company is also required to meet minimum capitalization and cash requirements of various regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which the Company has money transfer operations. To date, the Company is not aware of any significant claims made by the indemnified parties or third parties to guarantee agreements with the Company and, accordingly, no liabilities were recorded as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.
(21) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases an airplane from a company owned by Mr. Michael J. Brown, Euronet’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Mr. Daniel R. Henry, who was a member of Euronet’s Board of Directors until February 6, 2008. The airplane is leased for business use on a per flight hour basis with no minimum usage requirement. Euronet incurred $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in expenses for the use of this airplane.

93


Table of Contents

(22) DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
During the fourth quarter 2009, the Company sold Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a U.K. software entity, for $6.5 million. The Company sold Essentis in order to focus its investments and resources on its transaction processing business. Accordingly, Essentis’ results of operations are shown as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Previously, Essentis’ results were reported in the EFT Processing Segment. Note 16, Business Segment Information, also reflects the classification of Essentis’ results in discontinued operations. The sale resulted in a gain of $0.2 million, net of taxes of $0.4 million. The following amounts related to Essentis, including the gain on sale, have been segregated from continuing operations and reported as discontinued operations:
                 
    Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)   2009   2008
Revenues
  $ 6,323     $ 9,670  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 1,222     $ (1,686 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 475     $ (1,071 )
(23) SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
                                 
    First   Second   Third   Fourth
(in thousands, except per share data)   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                               
Revenues
  $ 250,003     $ 244,228     $ 260,223     $ 283,815  
Operating income (loss)
  $ 18,229     $ 16,542     $ 20,262     $ (49,764 )
Net income (loss)
  $ 3,515     $ (1,155 )   $ 21,065     $ (61,342 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc.
  $ 2,826     $ (1,483 )   $ 20,965     $ (60,680 )
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.06     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.41     $ (1.19 )
Diluted
  $ 0.05     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.41     $ (1.19 )
 
                               
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                               
Revenues
  $ 233,697     $ 248,614     $ 264,820     $ 285,563  
Operating income
  $ 9,698     $ 18,024     $ 22,085     $ 22,458  
Net income (loss)
  $ (11,954 )   $ 16,021     $ 19,020     $ 8,725  
Net income (loss) attributable to Euronet Worldwide, Inc.
  $ (12,298 )   $ 15,544     $ 18,865     $ 8,206  
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ (0.24 )   $ 0.31     $ 0.37     $ 0.16  
Diluted
  $ (0.24 )   $ 0.30     $ 0.36     $ 0.16  

94


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Our executive management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2010. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
CHANGE IN INTERNAL CONTROLS
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
To the Stockholders of Euronet Worldwide, Inc.:
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control over financial reporting as this term is defined under Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and has made organizational arrangements providing appropriate divisions of responsibility and has established communication programs aimed at assuring that its policies, procedures and principles of business conduct are understood and practiced by its employees. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Management of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on these criteria and our assessment, we have determined that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their audit report.
     
/s/ Michael J. Brown
 
Michael J. Brown
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
/s/ Rick L. Weller
 
Rick L. Weller
   
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
   
February 25, 2011
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

95


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information under “Election of Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is set forth under “Availability of Reports, Certain Committee Charters, and Other Information” in Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning executive officers is set forth under “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this annual report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
We intend to satisfy the requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K to disclose any amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics by disclosing such information on a Form 8-K or on our Web site at www.euronetworldwide.com under Investor Relations/Corporate Governance.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information under “Compensation Tables,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Director Compensation,” “Report of Compensation Committee” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information under “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” and “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference. See also Part II, Item 5 – Equity Compensation Plan Table.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information under “Audit Matters — Fees of the Company’s Independent Auditors” in the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31, 2010, is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) List of Documents Filed as Part of this Report.
1. Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements and related notes, together with the report of KPMG LLP, appear in Part II, Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
2. Schedules
None.
3. Exhibits
The exhibits that are required to be filed or incorporated by reference herein are listed in the Exhibit Index below.

96


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
EURONET WORLDWIDE, INC.
     
Date: February 25, 2011
  /s/ Michael J. Brown
 
   
 
  Michael J. Brown
 
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive
 
  Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
     
Signature   Title
 
   
/s/ Michael J. Brown
 
Michael J. Brown
February 25, 2011
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
 
   
/s/ Rick L. Weller
 
Rick L. Weller
February 25, 2011
  Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
 
   
 
  Director
  Paul S. Althasen
   
   
 
   
/s/ Andrzej Olechowski
  Director
  Andrzej Olechowski
   
February 25, 2011
   
 
   
/s/ Eriberto R. Scocimara
  Director
  Eriberto R. Scocimara
   
February 25, 2011
   
 
   
/s/ Thomas A. Mcdonnell
  Director
  Thomas A. McDonnell
   
February 25, 2011
   
 
   
/s/ Andrew B. Schmitt
  Director
  Andrew B. Schmitt
   
February 25, 2011
   
 
   
/s/ M. Jeannine Strandjord
  Director
  M. Jeannine Strandjord
   
February 25, 2011
   

97


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS
Exhibit Index
     
Exhibit   Description
 
   
2.1
  Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 21, 2006 by and among Euronet Payments & Remittance, Inc., Euronet Worldwide, Inc.; the Fred Kunik Family Trust and the Irving Barr Living Trust (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 28, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
2.2
  First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 2, 2007, by and among Euronet Payments & Remittance, Inc., Euronet Worldwide, Inc., the Fred Kunik Family Trust and the Irving Barr Living Trust (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
2.3
  Second Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 4, 2007, by and among Euronet Payments & Remittance, Inc., Euronet Worldwide, Inc., the Fred Kunik Family Trust and the Irving Barr Living Trust (filed as Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
3.1
  Certificate of Incorporation of Euronet Worldwide, Inc., as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
3.3
  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.1
  Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2003, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 24, 2003 (File No. 001-31648), and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.2
  First Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2003, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2003 (File No. 001-31648), and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.3
  Indenture, dated as of October 4, 2005, between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
4.4
  Specimen 3.50% Convertible Debenture Due 2025 (Certificated Security) (included in Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A filed on November 10, 2005, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
 
   
10.1
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated) (included as Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 20, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.2
  Rules and Procedures for Euronet Matching Stock Option Grant Program (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Company’s Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2002 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.3
  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Grant Agreement pursuant to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.4
  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Executives and Directors pursuant to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10- K filed February 28, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.5
  Credit Agreement dated as of April 4, 2007 among Euronet Worldwide, Inc., and certain subsidiaries and affiliates, as borrowers, certain subsidiaries and affiliates, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, California Bank & Trust, as syndication agent and Citibank, N.A., as documentation agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.6
  Employment Agreement dated June 19, 2007 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Kevin J. Caponecchi (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.7
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.8
  Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement dated April 23, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.9
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Michael J. Brown, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.10
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Rick L. Weller, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.11
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Jeffrey B. Newman, Executive Vice President and General Counsel (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.12
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated April 10, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Juan C. Bianchi, Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Money Transfer Segment (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.13
  Employment Agreement dated May 11, 2008 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Gareth Gumbley, Managing Director, Prepaid Processing Segment (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.14
  Form of Indemnification Agreement, (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008, and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.15
  Employment Agreement dated December 2, 1997 between Euronet Services GmbH and Roger Heinz, Senior Vice President — Managing Director, Europe EFT Processing Segment (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.16
  Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement dated February 18, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein)
 
   
10.17
  2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.18
  Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as amended, pursuant to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.19
  Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, as amended, pursuant to Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.20
  Employment Agreement dated March 8, 2010 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Charles T. Piper (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010 and incorporated by reference herein) (2)
 
   
10.21
  Compromise Agreement dated March 12, 2010 between epay Limited, epay Australia Pty Ltd and Gareth Gumbley (1) (2)
 
   
10.22
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (1) (2)
 
   
10.23
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Stock Option Plan (1996), as amended (1) (2)
 
   
10.24
  Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Stock Option Plan (1998), as amended (1) (2)
 
   
10.25
  Employment Agreement dated February 24, 2011 between Euronet Card Services SA and Nikos Fountas, Senior Vice President — Managing Director, Europe EFT Processing Segment (1) (2)
 
   
10.26
  Bonus Compensation Agreement between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Nikos Fountas, Senior Vice President — Managing Director, Europe EFT Processing Segment (1) (2)
 
   
10.27
  Letter of Confirmation of Terms of Resignation dated January 11, 2011 between Euronet Worldwide, Inc. and Charles T. Piper (1) (2)
 
   
12.1
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)
 
   
21.1
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant (1)
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (1)
 
   
31.1
  Section 302 — Certification of Chief Executive Officer (1)
 
   
31.2
  Section 302 — Certification of Chief Financial Officer (1)
 
   
32.1
  Section 906 Certification of Chief Executive Officer (3)
 
   
32.2
  Section 906 Certification of Chief Financial Officer (3)
 
   
101
  The following materials from Euronet Worldwide, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and (v) Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. (4)
 
     
(1)
  Filed herewith.
 
   
(2)
  Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as Exhibits pursuant to Item 15(a) of this report.
 
   
(3)
  Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K, this Exhibit is furnished rather than filed with this Form 10-K.
 
   
(4)
  Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files in Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.
PLEASE NOTE: Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have filed or incorporated by reference the agreements referenced above as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The agreements have been filed to provide investors with information regarding their respective terms. The agreements are not intended to provide any other factual information about the Company or its business or operations. In particular, the assertions embodied in any representations, warranties and covenants contained in the agreements may be subject to qualifications with respect to knowledge and materiality different from those applicable to investors and may be qualified by information in confidential disclosure schedules not included with the exhibits. These disclosure schedules may contain information that modifies, qualifies and creates exceptions to the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the agreements. Moreover, certain representations, warranties and covenants in the agreements may have been used for the purpose of allocating risk between the parties, rather than establishing matters as facts. In addition, information concerning the subject matter of the representations, warranties and covenants may have changed after the date of the respective agreement, which subsequent information may or may not be fully reflected in the Company’s public disclosures. Accordingly, investors should not rely on the representations, warranties and covenants in the agreements as characterizations of the actual state of facts about the Company or its business or operations on the date hereof.

98